elf32-ppc.c revision 1.11
1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF 2 Copyright (C) 1994-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support. 4 5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. 6 7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or 10 (at your option) any later version. 11 12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 15 GNU General Public License for more details. 16 17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 18 along with this program; if not, write to the 19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, 20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ 21 22 /* The assembler should generate a full set of section symbols even 23 when they appear unused. The linux kernel build tool recordmcount 24 needs them. */ 25 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS true 26 27 #include "sysdep.h" 28 #include <stdarg.h> 29 #include "bfd.h" 30 #include "bfdlink.h" 31 #include "libbfd.h" 32 #include "elf-bfd.h" 33 #include "elf/ppc.h" 34 #include "elf32-ppc.h" 35 #include "elf-vxworks.h" 36 #include "dwarf2.h" 37 #include "opcode/ppc.h" 38 39 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */ 40 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1 41 42 typedef enum split16_format_type 43 { 44 split16a_type = 0, 45 split16d_type 46 } 47 split16_format_type; 48 49 /* RELA relocations are used here. */ 50 51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc 52 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); 53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc 54 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); 55 56 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */ 57 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000 58 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */ 59 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000 60 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */ 61 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16 62 63 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp 64 section. */ 65 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1" 66 67 /* For old-style PLT. */ 68 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */ 69 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192 70 71 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */ 72 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4 73 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \ 74 ((4*4 \ 75 + (h != NULL \ 76 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \ 77 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \ 78 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \ 79 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align)) 80 81 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */ 82 83 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */ 84 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32 85 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry 86 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 87 { 88 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */ 89 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */ 90 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 91 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 92 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */ 93 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */ 94 0x60000000, /* nop */ 95 0x60000000, /* nop */ 96 }; 97 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry 98 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 99 { 100 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */ 101 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */ 102 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 103 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 104 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */ 105 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */ 106 0x60000000, /* nop */ 107 0x60000000, /* nop */ 108 }; 109 110 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */ 111 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32 112 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry 113 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 114 { 115 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */ 116 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */ 117 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */ 118 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */ 119 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */ 120 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 121 0x60000000, /* nop */ 122 0x60000000, /* nop */ 123 }; 124 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry 125 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 126 { 127 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */ 128 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 129 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */ 130 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 131 0x60000000, /* nop */ 132 0x60000000, /* nop */ 133 0x60000000, /* nop */ 134 0x60000000, /* nop */ 135 }; 136 137 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in 138 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */ 139 140 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */ 141 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3 142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */ 143 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2 144 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating 145 a shared library. */ 146 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0 147 148 /* Some instructions. */ 149 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000 150 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000 151 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000 152 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000 153 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14 154 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214 155 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14 156 #define B 0x48000000 157 #define BA 0x48000002 158 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 159 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 160 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020 161 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000 162 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000 163 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000 164 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000 165 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000 166 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000 167 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000 168 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000 169 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000 170 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000 171 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78 172 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378 173 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6 174 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6 175 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6 176 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6 177 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6 178 #define NOP 0x60000000 179 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850 180 181 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */ 182 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000 183 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000 184 185 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */ 186 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \ 187 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \ 188 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \ 189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value) 190 191 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */ 193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple 194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is 195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative. 196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at 197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24 198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here, 199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */ 200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \ 201 complain, special_func) \ 202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \ 203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \ 204 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative) 205 206 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max]; 207 208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = { 209 /* This reloc does nothing. */ 210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont, 211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 212 213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */ 214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 216 217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. 218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ 219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, false, signed, 220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 221 222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */ 223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield, 224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 225 226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */ 227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 229 230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */ 231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 233 234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of 235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ 236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 238 239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. 240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ 241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed, 242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 243 244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to 245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two 246 bits must be zero. */ 247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed, 248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 249 250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to 251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower 252 two bits must be zero. */ 253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed, 254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 255 256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ 257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed, 258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 259 260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ 261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed, 262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 263 264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that 265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be 266 zero. */ 267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed, 268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 269 270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that 271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must 272 be zero. */ 273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed, 274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 275 276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the 277 symbol. */ 278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 280 281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for 282 the symbol. */ 283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 285 286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for 287 the symbol. */ 288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 290 291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for 292 the symbol. */ 293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 295 296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table 297 entry for the symbol. */ 298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed, 299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 300 301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist 302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The 303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the 304 shared library into the object, because the object being 305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */ 306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 308 309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table 310 entries. */ 311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 313 314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */ 315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 317 318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this 319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the 320 addend. */ 321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 323 324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the 325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for 326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed, 328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 329 330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */ 331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 333 334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */ 335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield, 336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 337 338 /* 32-bit PC relative */ 339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, dont, 340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 341 342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. 343 FIXME: not supported. */ 344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 346 347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. 348 FIXME: not supported. */ 349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 4, 32, 0, 0, true, dont, 350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 351 352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for 353 the symbol. */ 354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 356 357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for 358 the symbol. */ 359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 361 362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for 363 the symbol. */ 364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 366 367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with 368 small data items. */ 369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 371 372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */ 373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 375 376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */ 377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 379 380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */ 381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 383 384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */ 385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 387 388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */ 389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 391 392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 394 395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 397 398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */ 399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 401 402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont, 403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 404 405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the 406 definition of its TLS sym. */ 407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 409 410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value 411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that 412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */ 413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 415 416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */ 417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 419 420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ 421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 423 424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 427 428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 431 432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of 433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */ 434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 436 437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */ 438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 440 441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */ 442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 444 445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 448 449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 452 453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, 454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset 455 to the first entry. */ 456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 458 459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */ 460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 462 463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 466 467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 470 471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, 472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the 473 first entry. */ 474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 476 477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */ 478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 480 481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 484 485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 488 489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes 490 the offset to the entry. */ 491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 493 494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ 495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 497 498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 501 502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 505 506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the 507 offset to the entry. */ 508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 510 511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */ 512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 514 515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 518 519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 522 523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not 524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */ 525 526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 529 530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 533 534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 537 538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */ 539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 541 542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address, 543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, 544 is negative. */ 545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont, 546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 547 548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an 549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from 550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */ 551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 553 554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an 555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from 556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */ 557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 559 560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with 561 small data items. */ 562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 564 565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit 566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register 567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */ 568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 570 571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */ 572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */ 573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */ 574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */ 575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */ 576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */ 577 578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling 579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the 580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */ 581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 583 584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */ 585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 2, 8, 0xff, 1, true, signed, 586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 587 588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */ 589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 4, 16, 0xfffe, 0, true, signed, 590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 591 592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */ 593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 4, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, true, signed, 594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 595 596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */ 597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont, 598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 599 600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */ 601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont, 602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 603 604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */ 605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont, 606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 607 608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */ 609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont, 610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 611 612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */ 613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont, 614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 615 616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */ 617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont, 618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 619 620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i 621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes 622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */ 623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 625 626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */ 627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont, 628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 629 630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */ 631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont, 632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 633 634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */ 635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont, 636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 637 638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */ 639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont, 640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 641 642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */ 643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont, 644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 645 646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */ 647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont, 648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 649 650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */ 651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont, 652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 653 654 /* e_li split20 format. */ 655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 4, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, false, dont, 656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 657 658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont, 659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 660 661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */ 662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed, 663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 664 665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */ 666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont, 667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 668 669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */ 670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont, 671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 672 673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of 674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ 675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont, 676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 677 678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */ 679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 4, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed, 680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 681 682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */ 683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 4, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed, 684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 685 686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */ 687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont, 688 NULL), 689 690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */ 691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont, 692 NULL), 693 694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */ 695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed, 696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 697 }; 698 699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */ 701 702 static void 703 ppc_elf_howto_init (void) 704 { 705 unsigned int i, type; 706 707 for (i = 0; 708 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); 709 i++) 710 { 711 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type; 712 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table) 713 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0]))) 714 abort (); 715 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; 716 } 717 } 718 719 static reloc_howto_type * 720 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 721 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) 722 { 723 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r; 724 725 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 726 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 727 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 728 729 switch (code) 730 { 731 default: 732 return NULL; 733 734 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break; 735 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break; 736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break; 737 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: 738 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break; 739 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: 740 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break; 741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break; 742 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break; 743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break; 744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break; 745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break; 746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break; 747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break; 748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break; 749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break; 750 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS: 751 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break; 752 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: 753 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break; 754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break; 755 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break; 756 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break; 757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break; 758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break; 759 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break; 760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break; 761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break; 762 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break; 763 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: 764 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break; 765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break; 766 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break; 767 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break; 768 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS: 769 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break; 770 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS: 771 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break; 772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break; 773 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break; 774 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break; 775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS: 776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break; 777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break; 778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break; 779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break; 780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break; 781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: 782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break; 783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: 784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break; 785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break; 786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break; 787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break; 788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS: 789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break; 790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS: 791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break; 792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break; 793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break; 794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break; 795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break; 796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break; 797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break; 798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break; 799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break; 800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break; 801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break; 802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break; 803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break; 804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break; 805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break; 806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break; 807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break; 808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break; 809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break; 810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break; 811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break; 812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break; 813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break; 814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break; 815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break; 816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break; 817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break; 818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break; 819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break; 820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break; 821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break; 822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break; 823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break; 824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break; 825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break; 826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break; 827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break; 828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break; 829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break; 830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break; 831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break; 832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break; 833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break; 834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break; 835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break; 836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break; 837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break; 838 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 839 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A; 840 break; 841 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 842 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D; 843 break; 844 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 845 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A; 846 break; 847 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 848 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D; 849 break; 850 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 851 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A; 852 break; 853 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 854 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D; 855 break; 856 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break; 857 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break; 858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break; 859 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break; 860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break; 861 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break; 862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break; 863 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break; 864 } 865 866 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r]; 867 }; 868 869 static reloc_howto_type * 870 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 871 const char *r_name) 872 { 873 unsigned int i; 874 875 for (i = 0; 876 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); 877 i++) 878 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL 879 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0) 880 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; 881 882 return NULL; 883 } 884 885 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */ 886 887 static bool 888 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, 889 arelent *cache_ptr, 890 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) 891 { 892 unsigned int r_type; 893 894 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 895 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 896 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 897 898 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); 899 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max) 900 { 901 /* xgettext:c-format */ 902 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), 903 abfd, r_type); 904 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 905 return false; 906 } 907 908 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 909 910 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that 911 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */ 912 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL) 913 { 914 /* xgettext:c-format */ 915 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), 916 abfd, r_type); 917 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 918 919 return false; 920 } 921 922 return true; 923 } 924 925 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */ 926 927 static bfd_reloc_status_type 928 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd, 929 arelent *reloc_entry, 930 asymbol *symbol, 931 void *data, 932 asection *input_section, 933 bfd *output_bfd, 934 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 935 { 936 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 937 long insn; 938 bfd_size_type octets; 939 bfd_vma value; 940 941 if (output_bfd != NULL) 942 { 943 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; 944 return bfd_reloc_ok; 945 } 946 947 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000; 948 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type; 949 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA) 950 return bfd_reloc_continue; 951 952 value = 0; 953 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) 954 value = symbol->value; 955 value += (reloc_entry->addend 956 + symbol->section->output_offset 957 + symbol->section->output_section->vma); 958 value -= (reloc_entry->address 959 + input_section->output_offset 960 + input_section->output_section->vma); 961 value >>= 16; 962 963 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section); 964 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, 965 input_section, octets)) 966 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 967 968 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); 969 insn &= ~0x1fffc1; 970 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15); 971 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); 972 return bfd_reloc_ok; 973 } 974 975 static bfd_reloc_status_type 976 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd, 977 arelent *reloc_entry, 978 asymbol *symbol, 979 void *data, 980 asection *input_section, 981 bfd *output_bfd, 982 char **error_message) 983 { 984 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just 985 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final 986 link time. */ 987 if (output_bfd != NULL) 988 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, 989 input_section, output_bfd, error_message); 990 991 if (error_message != NULL) 992 *error_message = bfd_asprintf (_("generic linker can't handle %s"), 993 reloc_entry->howto->name); 994 return bfd_reloc_dangerous; 995 } 996 997 /* Sections created by the linker. */ 999 1000 typedef struct elf_linker_section 1001 { 1002 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */ 1003 asection *section; 1004 /* Section name. */ 1005 const char *name; 1006 /* Associated bss section name. */ 1007 const char *bss_name; 1008 /* Associated symbol name. */ 1009 const char *sym_name; 1010 /* Associated symbol. */ 1011 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym; 1012 } elf_linker_section_t; 1013 1014 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the 1015 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers, 1016 based on different addend's. */ 1017 1018 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers 1019 { 1020 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */ 1021 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next; 1022 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */ 1023 bfd_vma offset; 1024 /* addend used */ 1025 bfd_vma addend; 1026 /* which linker section this is */ 1027 elf_linker_section_t *lsect; 1028 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t; 1029 1030 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata 1031 { 1032 struct elf_obj_tdata elf; 1033 1034 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker 1035 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */ 1036 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers; 1037 1038 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */ 1039 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1; 1040 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1; 1041 }; 1042 1043 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \ 1044 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any) 1045 1046 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \ 1047 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers) 1048 1049 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \ 1050 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ 1051 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) 1052 1053 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */ 1054 1055 static bool 1056 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) 1057 { 1058 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata), 1059 PPC32_ELF_DATA); 1060 } 1061 1062 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */ 1063 1064 bool 1065 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd) 1066 { 1067 unsigned long mach = 0; 1068 asection *s; 1069 unsigned char *contents; 1070 1071 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32 1072 && bfd_big_endian (abfd)) 1073 { 1074 1075 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 1076 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1077 break; 1078 if (s != NULL) 1079 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle; 1080 } 1081 1082 if (mach == 0) 1083 { 1084 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1085 if (s != NULL 1086 && s->size >= 24 1087 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 1088 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents)) 1089 { 1090 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4); 1091 unsigned int i; 1092 1093 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4) 1094 { 1095 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i); 1096 switch (val >> 16) 1097 { 1098 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR: 1099 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI: 1100 if (mach == 0) 1101 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan; 1102 break; 1103 1104 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL: 1105 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK: 1106 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan) 1107 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc; 1108 break; 1109 1110 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE: 1111 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS: 1112 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK: 1113 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle) 1114 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500; 1115 break; 1116 1117 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE: 1118 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle; 1119 break; 1120 1121 default: 1122 mach = -1ul; 1123 } 1124 } 1125 free (contents); 1126 } 1127 } 1128 1129 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul) 1130 { 1131 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch; 1132 1133 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next) 1134 if (arch->mach == mach) 1135 { 1136 abfd->arch_info = arch; 1137 break; 1138 } 1139 } 1140 return true; 1141 } 1142 1143 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the 1144 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */ 1145 1146 static bool 1147 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) 1148 { 1149 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default) 1150 return true; 1151 1152 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64) 1153 { 1154 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); 1155 1156 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32) 1157 { 1158 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */ 1159 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next; 1160 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32); 1161 } 1162 } 1163 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd); 1164 } 1165 1166 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */ 1167 1168 static bool 1169 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags) 1170 { 1171 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd) 1172 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); 1173 1174 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; 1175 elf_flags_init (abfd) = true; 1176 return true; 1177 } 1178 1179 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */ 1180 1181 static bool 1182 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 1183 { 1184 int offset; 1185 unsigned int size; 1186 1187 switch (note->descsz) 1188 { 1189 default: 1190 return false; 1191 1192 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */ 1193 /* pr_cursig */ 1194 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); 1195 1196 /* pr_pid */ 1197 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); 1198 1199 /* pr_reg */ 1200 offset = 72; 1201 size = 192; 1202 1203 break; 1204 } 1205 1206 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ 1207 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", 1208 size, note->descpos + offset); 1209 } 1210 1211 static bool 1212 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 1213 { 1214 switch (note->descsz) 1215 { 1216 default: 1217 return false; 1218 1219 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */ 1220 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid 1221 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16); 1222 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program 1223 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16); 1224 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command 1225 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80); 1226 } 1227 1228 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked 1229 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) 1230 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ 1231 1232 { 1233 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; 1234 int n = strlen (command); 1235 1236 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') 1237 command[n - 1] = '\0'; 1238 } 1239 1240 return true; 1241 } 1242 1243 static char * 1244 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...) 1245 { 1246 switch (note_type) 1247 { 1248 default: 1249 return NULL; 1250 1251 case NT_PRPSINFO: 1252 { 1253 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING; 1254 va_list ap; 1255 1256 va_start (ap, note_type); 1257 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data)); 1258 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16); 1259 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 1260 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH; 1261 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with 1262 -Wstringop-truncation: 1263 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643 1264 */ 1265 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION; 1266 #endif 1267 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80); 1268 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 1269 DIAGNOSTIC_POP; 1270 #endif 1271 va_end (ap); 1272 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 1273 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); 1274 } 1275 1276 case NT_PRSTATUS: 1277 { 1278 char data[268]; 1279 va_list ap; 1280 long pid; 1281 int cursig; 1282 const void *greg; 1283 1284 va_start (ap, note_type); 1285 memset (data, 0, 72); 1286 pid = va_arg (ap, long); 1287 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24); 1288 cursig = va_arg (ap, int); 1289 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12); 1290 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *); 1291 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192); 1292 memset (data + 264, 0, 4); 1293 va_end (ap); 1294 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 1295 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); 1296 } 1297 } 1298 } 1299 1300 static flagword 1301 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name) 1302 { 1303 1304 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE")) 1305 return SHF_PPC_VLE; 1306 1307 return 0; 1308 } 1309 1310 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL 1311 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */ 1312 1313 static bfd_vma 1314 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1315 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1316 const arelent *rel) 1317 { 1318 return rel->address; 1319 } 1320 1321 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This 1322 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown 1323 type. */ 1324 1325 static bool 1326 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, 1327 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, 1328 const char *name, 1329 int shindex) 1330 { 1331 asection *newsect; 1332 flagword flags; 1333 1334 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 1335 return false; 1336 1337 newsect = hdr->bfd_section; 1338 flags = 0; 1339 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) 1340 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 1341 1342 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED) 1343 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES; 1344 1345 if (startswith (name, ".PPC.EMB")) 1346 name += 8; 1347 if (startswith (name, ".sbss") 1348 || startswith (name, ".sdata")) 1349 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA; 1350 1351 return (flags == 0 1352 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags)); 1353 } 1354 1355 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */ 1356 1357 static bool 1358 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1359 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr, 1360 asection *asect) 1361 { 1362 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0) 1363 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED; 1364 1365 return true; 1366 } 1367 1368 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we 1369 need to bump up the number of section headers. */ 1370 1371 static int 1372 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd, 1373 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1374 { 1375 asection *s; 1376 int ret = 0; 1377 1378 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2"); 1379 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1380 ++ret; 1381 1382 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0"); 1383 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1384 ++ret; 1385 1386 return ret; 1387 } 1388 1389 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */ 1390 1391 bool 1392 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, 1393 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1394 { 1395 struct elf_segment_map *m; 1396 1397 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by 1398 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure 1399 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment. 1400 If we find that case, we split the segment. 1401 We maintain the original output section order. */ 1402 1403 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) 1404 { 1405 struct elf_segment_map *n; 1406 size_t amt; 1407 unsigned int j, k; 1408 unsigned int p_flags; 1409 1410 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0) 1411 continue; 1412 1413 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j) 1414 { 1415 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 1416 p_flags |= PF_W; 1417 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 1418 { 1419 p_flags |= PF_X; 1420 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1421 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE; 1422 break; 1423 } 1424 } 1425 if (j != m->count) 1426 while (++j != m->count) 1427 { 1428 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R; 1429 1430 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 1431 p_flags1 |= PF_W; 1432 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 1433 { 1434 p_flags1 |= PF_X; 1435 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1436 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE; 1437 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1438 break; 1439 } 1440 p_flags |= p_flags1; 1441 } 1442 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw 1443 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the 1444 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we 1445 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */ 1446 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid) 1447 { 1448 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 1449 m->p_flags = p_flags; 1450 } 1451 if (j == m->count) 1452 continue; 1453 1454 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment, 1455 the remainder are put in a new segment. 1456 The scan resumes with the new segment. */ 1457 1458 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 1459 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 1460 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 1461 if (n == NULL) 1462 return false; 1463 1464 n->p_type = PT_LOAD; 1465 n->count = m->count - j; 1466 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k) 1467 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k]; 1468 m->count = j; 1469 m->p_size_valid = 0; 1470 n->next = m->next; 1471 m->next = n; 1472 } 1473 1474 return true; 1475 } 1476 1477 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and 1478 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so 1479 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than 1480 2 sections. */ 1481 1482 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] = 1483 { 1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, 1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC }, 1490 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, 1491 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1492 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1493 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 1494 }; 1495 1496 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */ 1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt = 1498 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }; 1499 1500 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 1501 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 1502 { 1503 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; 1504 1505 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ 1506 if (sec->name == NULL) 1507 return NULL; 1508 1509 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections, 1510 sec->use_rela_p); 1511 if (ssect != NULL) 1512 { 1513 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 1514 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt; 1515 return ssect; 1516 } 1517 1518 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 1519 } 1520 1521 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */ 1523 typedef struct apuinfo_list 1524 { 1525 struct apuinfo_list *next; 1526 unsigned long value; 1527 } 1528 apuinfo_list; 1529 1530 static apuinfo_list *head; 1531 static bool apuinfo_set; 1532 1533 static void 1534 apuinfo_list_init (void) 1535 { 1536 head = NULL; 1537 apuinfo_set = false; 1538 } 1539 1540 static void 1541 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value) 1542 { 1543 apuinfo_list *entry = head; 1544 1545 while (entry != NULL) 1546 { 1547 if (entry->value == value) 1548 return; 1549 entry = entry->next; 1550 } 1551 1552 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry)); 1553 if (entry == NULL) 1554 return; 1555 1556 entry->value = value; 1557 entry->next = head; 1558 head = entry; 1559 } 1560 1561 static unsigned 1562 apuinfo_list_length (void) 1563 { 1564 apuinfo_list *entry; 1565 unsigned long count; 1566 1567 for (entry = head, count = 0; 1568 entry; 1569 entry = entry->next) 1570 ++ count; 1571 1572 return count; 1573 } 1574 1575 static inline unsigned long 1576 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number) 1577 { 1578 apuinfo_list * entry; 1579 1580 for (entry = head; 1581 entry && number --; 1582 entry = entry->next) 1583 ; 1584 1585 return entry ? entry->value : 0; 1586 } 1587 1588 static void 1589 apuinfo_list_finish (void) 1590 { 1591 apuinfo_list *entry; 1592 1593 for (entry = head; entry;) 1594 { 1595 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next; 1596 free (entry); 1597 entry = next; 1598 } 1599 1600 head = NULL; 1601 } 1602 1603 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of 1604 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */ 1605 1606 static void 1607 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 1608 { 1609 bfd *ibfd; 1610 asection *asec; 1611 char *buffer = NULL; 1612 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0; 1613 unsigned i; 1614 unsigned long length; 1615 const char *error_message = NULL; 1616 1617 if (link_info == NULL) 1618 return; 1619 1620 apuinfo_list_init (); 1621 1622 /* Read in the input sections contents. */ 1623 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 1624 { 1625 unsigned long datum; 1626 1627 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1628 if (asec == NULL) 1629 continue; 1630 1631 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1632 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB"); 1633 length = asec->size; 1634 if (length < 20) 1635 goto fail; 1636 1637 apuinfo_set = true; 1638 if (largest_input_size < asec->size) 1639 { 1640 free (buffer); 1641 largest_input_size = asec->size; 1642 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size); 1643 if (!buffer) 1644 return; 1645 } 1646 1647 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0 1648 || (bfd_read (buffer, length, ibfd) != length)) 1649 { 1650 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1651 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB"); 1652 goto fail; 1653 } 1654 1655 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to 1656 extract the values this way in order to allow for a 1657 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */ 1658 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer); 1659 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL) 1660 goto fail; 1661 1662 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8); 1663 if (datum != 0x2) 1664 goto fail; 1665 1666 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0) 1667 goto fail; 1668 1669 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */ 1670 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4); 1671 if (datum + 20 != length) 1672 goto fail; 1673 1674 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */ 1675 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4) 1676 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i)); 1677 } 1678 1679 error_message = NULL; 1680 1681 if (apuinfo_set) 1682 { 1683 /* Compute the size of the output section. */ 1684 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length (); 1685 1686 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */ 1687 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1688 1689 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4)) 1690 { 1691 ibfd = abfd; 1692 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1693 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB"); 1694 } 1695 } 1696 1697 fail: 1698 free (buffer); 1699 1700 if (error_message) 1701 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd); 1702 } 1703 1704 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections' 1705 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */ 1706 1707 static bool 1708 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1709 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1710 asection *asec, 1711 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1712 { 1713 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0; 1714 } 1715 1716 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */ 1717 1718 static void 1719 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) 1720 { 1721 bfd_byte *buffer; 1722 asection *asec; 1723 unsigned i; 1724 unsigned num_entries; 1725 bfd_size_type length; 1726 1727 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1728 if (asec == NULL) 1729 return; 1730 1731 if (!apuinfo_set) 1732 return; 1733 1734 length = asec->size; 1735 if (length < 20) 1736 return; 1737 1738 buffer = bfd_malloc (length); 1739 if (buffer == NULL) 1740 { 1741 _bfd_error_handler 1742 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section")); 1743 return; 1744 } 1745 1746 /* Create the apuinfo header. */ 1747 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length (); 1748 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer); 1749 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4); 1750 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8); 1751 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL); 1752 1753 length = 20; 1754 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) 1755 { 1756 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length); 1757 length += 4; 1758 } 1759 1760 if (length != asec->size) 1761 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section")); 1762 1763 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length)) 1764 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section")); 1765 1766 free (buffer); 1767 1768 apuinfo_list_finish (); 1769 } 1770 1771 static bool 1772 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) 1773 { 1774 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd); 1775 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd); 1776 } 1777 1778 static bool 1780 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off) 1781 { 1782 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4]; 1783 1784 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf)) 1785 return false; 1786 1787 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11 1788 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11 1789 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11 1790 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR); 1791 } 1792 1793 static bool 1794 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr) 1795 { 1796 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr; 1797 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 1798 && section->vma <= vma 1799 && vma < section->vma + section->size); 1800 } 1801 1802 static long 1803 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms, 1804 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms, 1805 asymbol **ret) 1806 { 1807 bool (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bool); 1808 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink; 1809 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0; 1810 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0; 1811 bfd_vma stub_off; 1812 asymbol *s; 1813 arelent *p; 1814 size_t count, i, stub_delta; 1815 size_t size; 1816 char *names; 1817 bfd_byte buf[4]; 1818 1819 *ret = NULL; 1820 1821 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) 1822 return 0; 1823 1824 if (dynsymcount <= 0) 1825 return 0; 1826 1827 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt"); 1828 if (relplt == NULL) 1829 return 0; 1830 1831 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); 1832 if (plt == NULL) 1833 return 0; 1834 1835 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */ 1836 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR) 1837 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms, 1838 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret); 1839 1840 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address 1841 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */ 1842 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); 1843 if (dynamic != NULL 1844 && (dynamic->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0) 1845 { 1846 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend; 1847 size_t extdynsize; 1848 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); 1849 1850 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf)) 1851 return -1; 1852 1853 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; 1854 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; 1855 1856 for (extdyn = dynbuf, extdynend = dynbuf + dynamic->size; 1857 (size_t) (extdynend - extdyn) >= extdynsize; 1858 extdyn += extdynsize) 1859 { 1860 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 1861 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); 1862 1863 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) 1864 break; 1865 1866 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT) 1867 { 1868 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val; 1869 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got"); 1870 if (got != NULL 1871 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf, 1872 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4)) 1873 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1874 break; 1875 } 1876 } 1877 free (dynbuf); 1878 } 1879 1880 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */ 1881 if (glink_vma == 0) 1882 { 1883 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4)) 1884 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1885 } 1886 1887 if (glink_vma == 0) 1888 return 0; 1889 1890 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final 1891 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the 1892 glink stubs now reside. */ 1893 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma); 1894 if (glink == NULL) 1895 return 0; 1896 1897 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch 1898 from the first glink stub. */ 1899 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, 1900 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4)) 1901 { 1902 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1903 1904 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */ 1905 insn ^= B; 1906 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0) 1907 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000; 1908 1909 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */ 1910 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0) 1911 for (i = 4; 1912 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, 1913 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4); 1914 i += 4) 1915 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP) 1916 { 1917 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i; 1918 break; 1919 } 1920 } 1921 1922 count = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr); 1923 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have 1924 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then 1925 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short 1926 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub. 1927 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of 1928 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */ 1929 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1930 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8) 1931 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta)) 1932 break; 1933 if (stub_delta > 32) 1934 return 0; 1935 1936 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; 1937 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, true)) 1938 return -1; 1939 1940 size = count * sizeof (asymbol); 1941 p = relplt->relocation; 1942 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++) 1943 { 1944 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); 1945 if (p->addend != 0) 1946 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8; 1947 } 1948 1949 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink"); 1950 1951 if (resolv_vma) 1952 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); 1953 1954 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); 1955 if (s == NULL) 1956 return -1; 1957 1958 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1959 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0)); 1960 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1; 1961 for (i = 0; i < count; i++) 1962 { 1963 size_t len; 1964 1965 stub_off -= stub_delta; 1966 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0) 1967 stub_off -= 32; 1968 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; 1969 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since 1970 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ 1971 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) 1972 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; 1973 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; 1974 s->section = glink; 1975 s->value = stub_off; 1976 s->name = names; 1977 s->udata.p = NULL; 1978 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); 1979 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); 1980 names += len; 1981 if (p->addend != 0) 1982 { 1983 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); 1984 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; 1985 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend); 1986 names += strlen (names); 1987 } 1988 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); 1989 names += sizeof ("@plt"); 1990 ++s; 1991 --p; 1992 } 1993 1994 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */ 1995 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); 1996 s->the_bfd = abfd; 1997 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; 1998 s->section = glink; 1999 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma; 2000 s->name = names; 2001 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink")); 2002 names += sizeof ("__glink"); 2003 s++; 2004 count++; 2005 2006 if (resolv_vma) 2007 { 2008 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */ 2009 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); 2010 s->the_bfd = abfd; 2011 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; 2012 s->section = glink; 2013 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma; 2014 s->name = names; 2015 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve")); 2016 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); 2017 s++; 2018 count++; 2019 } 2020 2021 return count; 2022 } 2023 2024 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while 2026 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more 2027 or less in the order in which they are called. eg. 2028 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process, 2029 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions 2030 called. */ 2031 2032 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more 2033 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */ 2034 struct plt_entry 2035 { 2036 struct plt_entry *next; 2037 2038 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2". 2039 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the 2040 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current 2041 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2 2042 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */ 2043 bfd_vma addend; 2044 2045 /* The .got2 section. */ 2046 asection *sec; 2047 2048 /* PLT refcount or offset. */ 2049 union 2050 { 2051 bfd_signed_vma refcount; 2052 bfd_vma offset; 2053 } plt; 2054 2055 /* .glink stub offset. */ 2056 bfd_vma glink_offset; 2057 }; 2058 2059 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this 2060 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared 2061 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */ 2062 2063 static int 2064 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, 2065 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2066 { 2067 switch (r_type) 2068 { 2069 default: 2070 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load 2071 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the 2072 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from 2073 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */ 2074 return 1; 2075 2076 case R_PPC_REL24: 2077 case R_PPC_REL14: 2078 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 2079 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 2080 case R_PPC_REL32: 2081 return 0; 2082 2083 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 2084 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 2085 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 2086 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 2087 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 2088 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the 2089 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */ 2090 return bfd_link_dll (info); 2091 } 2092 } 2093 2094 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid 2095 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss 2096 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the 2097 shared lib. */ 2098 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1 2099 2100 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */ 2101 struct ppc_dyn_relocs 2102 { 2103 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next; 2104 2105 /* The input section of the reloc. */ 2106 asection *sec; 2107 2108 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */ 2109 unsigned int count : 31; 2110 2111 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ 2112 unsigned int ifunc : 1; 2113 }; 2114 2115 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */ 2116 2117 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry 2118 { 2119 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf; 2120 2121 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor 2122 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset 2123 from the beginning of the section. */ 2124 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer; 2125 2126 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT. 2127 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are 2128 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any 2129 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when 2130 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not 2131 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also 2132 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one. 2133 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */ 2134 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */ 2135 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */ 2136 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */ 2137 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */ 2138 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */ 2139 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */ 2140 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */ 2141 unsigned char tls_mask; 2142 2143 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which 2144 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */ 2145 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */ 2146 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */ 2147 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */ 2148 2149 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this 2150 symbol. */ 2151 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1; 2152 2153 /* Flag use of given relocations. */ 2154 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1; 2155 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1; 2156 }; 2157 2158 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent)) 2159 2160 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2161 2162 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table 2163 { 2164 struct elf_link_hash_table elf; 2165 2166 /* Various options passed from the linker. */ 2167 struct ppc_elf_params *params; 2168 2169 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */ 2170 asection *glink; 2171 asection *dynsbss; 2172 asection *relsbss; 2173 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2]; 2174 asection *sbss; 2175 asection *glink_eh_frame; 2176 asection *pltlocal; 2177 asection *relpltlocal; 2178 2179 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */ 2180 asection *srelplt2; 2181 2182 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */ 2183 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr; 2184 2185 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */ 2186 bfd *old_bfd; 2187 2188 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */ 2189 union { 2190 bfd_signed_vma refcount; 2191 bfd_vma offset; 2192 } tlsld_got; 2193 2194 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */ 2195 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve; 2196 2197 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */ 2198 unsigned int got_header_size; 2199 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */ 2200 unsigned int got_gap; 2201 2202 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */ 2203 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type; 2204 2205 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers, 2206 referenced by dynamic relocations. */ 2207 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1; 2208 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1; 2209 2210 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */ 2211 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1; 2212 2213 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */ 2214 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1; 2215 2216 /* The size of PLT entries. */ 2217 int plt_entry_size; 2218 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */ 2219 int plt_slot_size; 2220 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */ 2221 int plt_initial_entry_size; 2222 }; 2223 2224 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they 2225 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */ 2226 2227 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */ 2228 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0 2229 2230 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker 2231 relocs. */ 2232 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1 2233 2234 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */ 2235 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2 2236 2237 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ 2238 2239 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \ 2240 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \ 2241 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \ 2242 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL) 2243 2244 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2245 2246 static struct bfd_hash_entry * 2247 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, 2248 struct bfd_hash_table *table, 2249 const char *string) 2250 { 2251 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a 2252 subclass. */ 2253 if (entry == NULL) 2254 { 2255 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, 2256 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry)); 2257 if (entry == NULL) 2258 return entry; 2259 } 2260 2261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ 2262 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); 2263 if (entry != NULL) 2264 { 2265 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL; 2266 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0; 2267 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0; 2268 } 2269 2270 return entry; 2271 } 2272 2273 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2274 2275 static struct bfd_link_hash_table * 2276 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 2277 { 2278 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret; 2279 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params 2280 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 }; 2281 2282 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table)); 2283 if (ret == NULL) 2284 return NULL; 2285 2286 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd, 2287 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc, 2288 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry), 2289 PPC32_ELF_DATA)) 2290 { 2291 free (ret); 2292 return NULL; 2293 } 2294 2295 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0; 2296 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL; 2297 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0; 2298 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL; 2299 2300 ret->params = &default_params; 2301 2302 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata"; 2303 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_"; 2304 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss"; 2305 2306 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2"; 2307 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_"; 2308 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2"; 2309 2310 ret->plt_entry_size = 12; 2311 ret->plt_slot_size = 8; 2312 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72; 2313 2314 return &ret->elf.root; 2315 } 2316 2317 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */ 2318 2319 void 2320 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params) 2321 { 2322 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2323 2324 if (htab) 2325 htab->params = params; 2326 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize); 2327 } 2328 2329 /* Create .got and the related sections. */ 2330 2331 static bool 2332 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2333 { 2334 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2335 2336 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info)) 2337 return false; 2338 2339 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2340 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks) 2341 { 2342 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it 2343 executable. */ 2344 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2345 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2346 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags)) 2347 return false; 2348 } 2349 2350 return true; 2351 } 2352 2353 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and 2354 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata 2355 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */ 2356 2357 static bool 2358 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd, 2359 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2360 flagword flags, 2361 elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 2362 { 2363 asection *s; 2364 2365 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY 2366 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2367 2368 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags); 2369 if (s == NULL) 2370 return false; 2371 lsect->section = s; 2372 2373 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */ 2374 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name); 2375 2376 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name); 2377 if (lsect->sym == NULL) 2378 return false; 2379 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000; 2380 return true; 2381 } 2382 2383 static bool 2384 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2385 { 2386 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2387 asection *s; 2388 flagword flags; 2389 int p2align; 2390 2391 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2392 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2393 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags); 2394 htab->glink = s; 2395 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4; 2396 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align) 2397 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align; 2398 if (s == NULL 2399 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align)) 2400 return false; 2401 2402 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info) 2403 { 2404 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2405 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2406 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags); 2407 htab->glink_eh_frame = s; 2408 if (s == NULL 2409 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) 2410 return false; 2411 } 2412 2413 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2414 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags); 2415 htab->elf.iplt = s; 2416 if (s == NULL 2417 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4)) 2418 return false; 2419 2420 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2421 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2422 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags); 2423 htab->elf.irelplt = s; 2424 if (s == NULL 2425 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) 2426 return false; 2427 2428 /* Local plt entries. */ 2429 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 2430 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2431 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt", 2432 flags); 2433 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL 2434 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2)) 2435 return false; 2436 2437 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 2438 { 2439 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY 2440 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2441 htab->relpltlocal 2442 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags); 2443 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL 2444 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2)) 2445 return false; 2446 } 2447 2448 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0, 2449 &htab->sdata[0])) 2450 return false; 2451 2452 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY, 2453 &htab->sdata[1])) 2454 return false; 2455 2456 return true; 2457 } 2458 2459 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped 2460 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has 2461 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */ 2462 2463 static bool 2464 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2465 { 2466 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2467 asection *s; 2468 flagword flags; 2469 2470 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2471 2472 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL 2473 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info)) 2474 return false; 2475 2476 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) 2477 return false; 2478 2479 if (htab->glink == NULL 2480 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info)) 2481 return false; 2482 2483 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss", 2484 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2485 htab->dynsbss = s; 2486 if (s == NULL) 2487 return false; 2488 2489 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) 2490 { 2491 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2492 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2493 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags); 2494 htab->relsbss = s; 2495 if (s == NULL 2496 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2)) 2497 return false; 2498 } 2499 2500 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks 2501 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) 2502 return false; 2503 2504 s = htab->elf.splt; 2505 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2506 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 2507 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */ 2508 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY; 2509 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags); 2510 } 2511 2512 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */ 2513 2514 static void 2515 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 2516 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, 2517 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) 2518 { 2519 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; 2520 2521 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir; 2522 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind; 2523 2524 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask; 2525 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs; 2526 2527 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden) 2528 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic; 2529 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular; 2530 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak; 2531 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref; 2532 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt; 2533 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed; 2534 2535 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */ 2536 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) 2537 return; 2538 2539 if (ind->dyn_relocs != NULL) 2540 { 2541 if (dir->dyn_relocs != NULL) 2542 { 2543 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 2544 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 2545 2546 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym 2547 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */ 2548 for (pp = &ind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 2549 { 2550 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q; 2551 2552 for (q = dir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next) 2553 if (q->sec == p->sec) 2554 { 2555 q->pc_count += p->pc_count; 2556 q->count += p->count; 2557 *pp = p->next; 2558 break; 2559 } 2560 if (q == NULL) 2561 pp = &p->next; 2562 } 2563 *pp = dir->dyn_relocs; 2564 } 2565 2566 dir->dyn_relocs = ind->dyn_relocs; 2567 ind->dyn_relocs = NULL; 2568 } 2569 2570 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to 2571 the symbol which just became indirect. */ 2572 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount; 2573 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0; 2574 2575 /* And plt entries. */ 2576 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL) 2577 { 2578 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL) 2579 { 2580 struct plt_entry **entp; 2581 struct plt_entry *ent; 2582 2583 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; ) 2584 { 2585 struct plt_entry *dent; 2586 2587 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next) 2588 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend) 2589 { 2590 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount; 2591 *entp = ent->next; 2592 break; 2593 } 2594 if (dent == NULL) 2595 entp = &ent->next; 2596 } 2597 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist; 2598 } 2599 2600 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist; 2601 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL; 2602 } 2603 2604 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1) 2605 { 2606 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1) 2607 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, 2608 edir->elf.dynstr_index); 2609 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx; 2610 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index; 2611 eind->elf.dynindx = -1; 2612 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0; 2613 } 2614 } 2615 2616 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object 2617 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */ 2618 2619 static bool 2620 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, 2621 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2622 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 2623 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2624 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2625 asection **secp, 2626 bfd_vma *valp) 2627 { 2628 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON 2629 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info) 2630 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd) 2631 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd)) 2632 { 2633 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically 2634 put into .sbss. */ 2635 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2636 2637 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2638 if (htab->sbss == NULL) 2639 { 2640 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2641 2642 if (!htab->elf.dynobj) 2643 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2644 2645 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, 2646 ".sbss", 2647 flags); 2648 if (htab->sbss == NULL) 2649 return false; 2650 } 2651 2652 *secp = htab->sbss; 2653 *valp = sym->st_size; 2654 } 2655 2656 return true; 2657 } 2658 2659 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */ 2661 2662 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t * 2663 elf_find_pointer_linker_section 2664 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers, 2665 bfd_vma addend, 2666 elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 2667 { 2668 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next) 2669 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend) 2670 return linker_pointers; 2671 2672 return NULL; 2673 } 2674 2675 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */ 2676 2677 static bool 2678 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd, 2679 elf_linker_section_t *lsect, 2680 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 2681 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 2682 { 2683 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL; 2684 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; 2685 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 2686 bfd_size_type amt; 2687 2688 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); 2689 2690 /* Is this a global symbol? */ 2691 if (h != NULL) 2692 { 2693 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 2694 2695 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ 2696 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 2697 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer, 2698 rel->r_addend, 2699 lsect)) 2700 return true; 2701 2702 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer; 2703 } 2704 else 2705 { 2706 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); 2707 2708 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */ 2709 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd); 2710 2711 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */ 2712 if (!ptr) 2713 { 2714 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info; 2715 2716 amt = num_symbols; 2717 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *); 2718 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 2719 2720 if (!ptr) 2721 return false; 2722 2723 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr; 2724 } 2725 2726 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ 2727 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx], 2728 rel->r_addend, 2729 lsect)) 2730 return true; 2731 2732 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx]; 2733 } 2734 2735 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate 2736 a new pointer record from internal memory. */ 2737 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL); 2738 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t); 2739 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 2740 2741 if (!linker_section_ptr) 2742 return false; 2743 2744 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr; 2745 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend; 2746 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect; 2747 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr; 2748 2749 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2)) 2750 return false; 2751 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size; 2752 lsect->section->size += 4; 2753 2754 #ifdef DEBUG 2755 fprintf (stderr, 2756 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n", 2757 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset, 2758 (long) lsect->section->size); 2759 #endif 2760 2761 return true; 2762 } 2763 2764 static struct plt_entry ** 2765 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd, 2766 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, 2767 unsigned long r_symndx, 2768 int tls_type) 2769 { 2770 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); 2771 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 2772 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks; 2773 2774 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) 2775 { 2776 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 2777 2778 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts) 2779 + sizeof (*local_plt) 2780 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks)); 2781 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); 2782 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) 2783 return NULL; 2784 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; 2785 } 2786 2787 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 2788 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 2789 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff; 2790 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0) 2791 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; 2792 return local_plt + r_symndx; 2793 } 2794 2795 static bool 2796 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist, 2797 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) 2798 { 2799 struct plt_entry *ent; 2800 2801 if (addend < 32768) 2802 sec = NULL; 2803 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 2804 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) 2805 break; 2806 if (ent == NULL) 2807 { 2808 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent); 2809 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 2810 if (ent == NULL) 2811 return false; 2812 ent->next = *plist; 2813 ent->sec = sec; 2814 ent->addend = addend; 2815 ent->plt.refcount = 0; 2816 *plist = ent; 2817 } 2818 ent->plt.refcount += 1; 2819 return true; 2820 } 2821 2822 static struct plt_entry * 2823 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) 2824 { 2825 struct plt_entry *ent; 2826 2827 if (addend < 32768) 2828 sec = NULL; 2829 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 2830 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) 2831 break; 2832 return ent; 2833 } 2834 2835 static bool 2836 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2837 { 2838 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 2839 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC 2840 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24 2841 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14 2842 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN 2843 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN 2844 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24 2845 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14 2846 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN 2847 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN 2848 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24); 2849 } 2850 2851 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */ 2852 2853 static bool 2854 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2855 { 2856 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA 2857 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2858 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2859 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ); 2860 } 2861 2862 /* Like bfd_reloc_offset_in_range but without a howto. Return true 2863 iff a field of SIZE bytes at OFFSET is within SEC limits. */ 2864 2865 static bool 2866 offset_in_range (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, size_t size) 2867 { 2868 return offset <= sec->size && size <= sec->size - offset; 2869 } 2870 2871 static void 2872 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2873 { 2874 _bfd_error_handler 2875 /* xgettext:c-format */ 2876 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"), 2877 abfd, 2878 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name); 2879 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 2880 } 2881 2882 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and 2883 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage 2884 table. */ 2885 2886 static bool 2887 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, 2888 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2889 asection *sec, 2890 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) 2891 { 2892 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2893 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 2894 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 2895 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 2896 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; 2897 asection *got2, *sreloc; 2898 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga; 2899 2900 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 2901 return true; 2902 2903 #ifdef DEBUG 2904 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB", 2905 sec, abfd); 2906 #endif 2907 2908 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); 2909 2910 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 2911 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 2912 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 2913 2914 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2915 if (htab->glink == NULL) 2916 { 2917 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 2918 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2919 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 2920 return false; 2921 } 2922 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", 2923 false, false, true); 2924 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); 2925 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); 2926 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); 2927 sreloc = NULL; 2928 2929 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; 2930 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) 2931 { 2932 unsigned long r_symndx; 2933 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 2934 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 2935 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 2936 int tls_type; 2937 struct plt_entry **ifunc; 2938 struct plt_entry **pltent; 2939 bfd_vma addend; 2940 2941 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 2942 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 2943 { 2944 h = NULL; 2945 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, abfd, r_symndx); 2946 if (isym == NULL) 2947 return false; 2948 } 2949 else 2950 { 2951 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 2952 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 2953 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 2954 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 2955 isym = NULL; 2956 } 2957 2958 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got. 2959 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi 2960 startup code. */ 2961 if (h != NULL 2962 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL 2963 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0) 2964 { 2965 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 2966 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2967 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 2968 return false; 2969 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot); 2970 } 2971 2972 tls_type = 0; 2973 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 2974 ifunc = NULL; 2975 if (h != NULL) 2976 { 2977 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 2978 { 2979 h->needs_plt = 1; 2980 ifunc = &h->plt.plist; 2981 } 2982 } 2983 else if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks) 2984 { 2985 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 2986 { 2987 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */ 2988 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 2989 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC); 2990 if (ifunc == NULL) 2991 return false; 2992 2993 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry; 2994 In a non-pie executable even when there are 2995 no plt calls. */ 2996 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) 2997 || is_branch_reloc (r_type) 2998 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2999 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 3000 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA) 3001 { 3002 addend = 0; 3003 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 3004 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; 3005 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 3006 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 3007 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 3008 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 3009 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 3010 addend = rel->r_addend; 3011 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend)) 3012 return false; 3013 } 3014 } 3015 } 3016 3017 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks 3018 && is_branch_reloc (r_type) 3019 && h != NULL 3020 && h == tga) 3021 { 3022 if (rel != relocs 3023 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD 3024 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD)) 3025 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker 3026 reloc. */ 3027 ; 3028 else 3029 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */ 3030 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1; 3031 } 3032 3033 switch (r_type) 3034 { 3035 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 3036 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 3037 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with 3038 its parameter symbol. */ 3039 if (h != NULL) 3040 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK; 3041 else 3042 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 3043 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) 3044 return false; 3045 break; 3046 3047 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 3048 break; 3049 3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 3053 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 3054 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 3055 goto dogottls; 3056 3057 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 3058 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 3059 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 3060 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 3061 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 3062 goto dogottls; 3063 3064 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 3065 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 3066 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 3067 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 3068 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 3069 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 3070 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 3071 goto dogottls; 3072 3073 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 3074 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 3075 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: 3076 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 3077 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 3078 dogottls: 3079 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; 3080 /* Fall through. */ 3081 3082 /* GOT16 relocations */ 3083 case R_PPC_GOT16: 3084 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 3085 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: 3086 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 3087 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ 3088 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) 3089 { 3090 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 3091 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 3092 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 3093 return false; 3094 } 3095 if (h != NULL) 3096 { 3097 h->got.refcount += 1; 3098 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type; 3099 } 3100 else 3101 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */ 3102 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type)) 3103 return false; 3104 3105 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3106 an ifunc. */ 3107 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3108 { 3109 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3110 return false; 3111 } 3112 break; 3113 3114 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ 3115 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: 3116 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3117 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0], 3118 h, rel)) 3119 return false; 3120 if (h != NULL) 3121 { 3122 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true; 3123 h->non_got_ref = true; 3124 } 3125 break; 3126 3127 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ 3128 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: 3129 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) 3130 { 3131 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3132 return false; 3133 } 3134 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3135 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1], 3136 h, rel)) 3137 return false; 3138 if (h != NULL) 3139 { 3140 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true; 3141 h->non_got_ref = true; 3142 } 3143 break; 3144 3145 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 3146 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3147 /* Fall through. */ 3148 3149 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 3150 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 3151 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 3152 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 3153 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 3154 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 3155 if (h != NULL) 3156 { 3157 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true; 3158 h->non_got_ref = true; 3159 } 3160 break; 3161 3162 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8: 3163 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15: 3164 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24: 3165 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A: 3166 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D: 3167 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A: 3168 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D: 3169 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A: 3170 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D: 3171 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20: 3172 break; 3173 3174 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: 3175 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) 3176 { 3177 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3178 return false; 3179 } 3180 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3181 if (h != NULL) 3182 { 3183 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true; 3184 h->non_got_ref = true; 3185 } 3186 break; 3187 3188 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: 3189 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21: 3190 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: 3191 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: 3192 if (h != NULL) 3193 { 3194 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true; 3195 h->non_got_ref = true; 3196 } 3197 break; 3198 3199 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: 3200 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: 3201 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: 3202 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: 3203 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 3204 if (h != NULL) 3205 h->non_got_ref = true; 3206 break; 3207 3208 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 3209 if (h == NULL) 3210 break; 3211 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; 3212 goto pltentry; 3213 3214 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 3215 sec->has_pltcall = 1; 3216 /* Fall through. */ 3217 3218 case R_PPC_PLT32: 3219 case R_PPC_PLTREL32: 3220 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 3221 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: 3222 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 3223 pltentry: 3224 #ifdef DEBUG 3225 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n"); 3226 #endif 3227 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */ 3228 if (h == NULL) 3229 { 3230 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 3231 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP); 3232 if (pltent == NULL) 3233 return false; 3234 } 3235 else 3236 { 3237 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 3238 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP; 3239 h->needs_plt = 1; 3240 pltent = &h->plt.plist; 3241 } 3242 addend = 0; 3243 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 3244 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 3245 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 3246 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 3247 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 3248 addend = rel->r_addend; 3249 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend)) 3250 return false; 3251 break; 3252 3253 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the 3254 relocation if linking a shared object since they are 3255 section relative. */ 3256 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 3257 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 3258 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: 3259 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 3260 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 3261 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 3262 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: 3263 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 3264 case R_PPC_TOC16: 3265 break; 3266 3267 case R_PPC_REL16: 3268 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 3269 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 3270 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 3271 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 3272 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1; 3273 break; 3274 3275 /* These are just markers. */ 3276 case R_PPC_TLS: 3277 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: 3278 case R_PPC_NONE: 3279 case R_PPC_max: 3280 case R_PPC_RELAX: 3281 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: 3282 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: 3283 case R_PPC_16DX_HA: 3284 break; 3285 3286 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */ 3287 case R_PPC_COPY: 3288 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: 3289 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 3290 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 3291 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: 3292 break; 3293 3294 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */ 3295 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 3296 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: 3297 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: 3298 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: 3299 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 3300 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: 3301 break; 3302 3303 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */ 3304 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 3305 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3306 { 3307 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3308 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3309 } 3310 if (h != NULL 3311 && ifunc != NULL 3312 && !update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, NULL, 0)) 3313 return false; 3314 break; 3315 3316 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. 3317 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ 3318 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 3319 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) 3320 return false; 3321 break; 3322 3323 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually 3324 used. Record for later use during GC. */ 3325 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 3326 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend)) 3327 return false; 3328 break; 3329 3330 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 3331 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 3332 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; 3333 /* Fall through. */ 3334 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */ 3335 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 3336 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 3337 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 3338 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 3339 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 3340 goto dodyn; 3341 3342 /* Nor these. */ 3343 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: 3344 case R_PPC_DTPREL32: 3345 goto dodyn; 3346 3347 case R_PPC_REL32: 3348 if (h == NULL 3349 && got2 != NULL 3350 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0 3351 && bfd_link_pic (info) 3352 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3353 { 3354 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before 3355 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32 3356 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then 3357 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot 3358 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for 3359 PLT call stubs. */ 3360 asection *s; 3361 3362 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); 3363 if (s == got2) 3364 { 3365 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3366 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3367 } 3368 } 3369 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) 3370 break; 3371 /* fall through */ 3372 3373 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 3374 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 3375 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 3376 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: 3377 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 3378 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 3379 case R_PPC_UADDR16: 3380 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3381 { 3382 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3383 a function defined in a dynamic object. */ 3384 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3385 return false; 3386 3387 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */ 3388 h->non_got_ref = 1; 3389 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; 3390 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 3391 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1; 3392 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO) 3393 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1; 3394 } 3395 goto dodyn; 3396 3397 case R_PPC_REL24: 3398 case R_PPC_REL14: 3399 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 3400 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 3401 if (h == NULL) 3402 break; 3403 if (h == htab->elf.hgot) 3404 { 3405 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3406 { 3407 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3408 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3409 } 3410 break; 3411 } 3412 /* fall through */ 3413 3414 case R_PPC_ADDR24: 3415 case R_PPC_ADDR14: 3416 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 3417 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 3418 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3419 { 3420 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3421 a function defined in a dynamic object. */ 3422 h->needs_plt = 1; 3423 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3424 return false; 3425 break; 3426 } 3427 3428 dodyn: 3429 /* Set up information for symbols that might need dynamic 3430 relocations. At this point in linking we have read all 3431 the input files and resolved most symbols, but have not 3432 yet decided whether symbols are dynamic or finalized 3433 symbol flags. In some cases we might be setting dynamic 3434 reloc info for symbols that do not end up needing such. 3435 That's OK, adjust_dynamic_symbol and allocate_dynrelocs 3436 work together with this code. */ 3437 if ((h != NULL 3438 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 3439 || (bfd_link_pic (info) 3440 && (h != NULL 3441 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root) 3442 : isym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS) 3443 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))) 3444 { 3445 #ifdef DEBUG 3446 fprintf (stderr, 3447 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to " 3448 "create relocation for %s\n", 3449 (h && h->root.root.string 3450 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); 3451 #endif 3452 if (sreloc == NULL) 3453 { 3454 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 3455 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 3456 3457 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section 3458 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true); 3459 3460 if (sreloc == NULL) 3461 return false; 3462 } 3463 3464 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of 3465 relocations we need for this symbol. */ 3466 if (h != NULL) 3467 { 3468 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 3469 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head; 3470 3471 rel_head = &h->dyn_relocs; 3472 p = *rel_head; 3473 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) 3474 { 3475 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); 3476 if (p == NULL) 3477 return false; 3478 p->next = *rel_head; 3479 *rel_head = p; 3480 p->sec = sec; 3481 p->count = 0; 3482 p->pc_count = 0; 3483 } 3484 p->count += 1; 3485 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)) 3486 p->pc_count += 1; 3487 } 3488 else 3489 { 3490 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. 3491 We really need local syms available to do this 3492 easily. Oh well. */ 3493 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; 3494 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head; 3495 bool is_ifunc; 3496 asection *s; 3497 void *vpp; 3498 3499 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); 3500 if (s == NULL) 3501 s = sec; 3502 3503 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; 3504 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp; 3505 is_ifunc = ifunc != NULL; 3506 p = *rel_head; 3507 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc) 3508 p = p->next; 3509 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc) 3510 { 3511 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); 3512 if (p == NULL) 3513 return false; 3514 p->next = *rel_head; 3515 *rel_head = p; 3516 p->sec = sec; 3517 p->ifunc = is_ifunc; 3518 p->count = 0; 3519 } 3520 p->count += 1; 3521 } 3522 } 3523 3524 break; 3525 } 3526 } 3527 3528 return true; 3529 } 3530 3531 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD 3533 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3534 bool 3535 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3536 { 3537 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; 3538 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; 3539 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; 3540 bool ret = true; 3541 bool warn_only; 3542 3543 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common 3544 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant 3545 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc 3546 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library 3547 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double. 3548 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using 3549 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility 3550 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */ 3551 warn_only = (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0; 3552 3553 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3554 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3555 3556 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; 3557 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; 3558 3559 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3560 { 3561 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3; 3562 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3; 3563 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld; 3564 3565 if (in_fp == 0) 3566 ; 3567 else if (out_fp == 0) 3568 { 3569 if (!warn_only) 3570 { 3571 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3572 out_attr->i ^= in_fp; 3573 last_fp = ibfd; 3574 } 3575 } 3576 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2) 3577 { 3578 _bfd_error_handler 3579 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3580 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"), 3581 last_fp, ibfd); 3582 ret = warn_only; 3583 } 3584 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2) 3585 { 3586 _bfd_error_handler 3587 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3588 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"), 3589 ibfd, last_fp); 3590 ret = warn_only; 3591 } 3592 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3) 3593 { 3594 _bfd_error_handler 3595 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3596 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, " 3597 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd); 3598 ret = warn_only; 3599 } 3600 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1) 3601 { 3602 _bfd_error_handler 3603 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3604 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, " 3605 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp); 3606 ret = warn_only; 3607 } 3608 3609 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc; 3610 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc; 3611 if (in_fp == 0) 3612 ; 3613 else if (out_fp == 0) 3614 { 3615 if (!warn_only) 3616 { 3617 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3618 out_attr->i ^= in_fp; 3619 last_ld = ibfd; 3620 } 3621 } 3622 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4) 3623 { 3624 _bfd_error_handler 3625 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3626 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, " 3627 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld); 3628 ret = warn_only; 3629 } 3630 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4) 3631 { 3632 _bfd_error_handler 3633 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3634 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, " 3635 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd); 3636 ret = warn_only; 3637 } 3638 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4) 3639 { 3640 _bfd_error_handler 3641 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3642 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, " 3643 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd); 3644 ret = warn_only; 3645 } 3646 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4) 3647 { 3648 _bfd_error_handler 3649 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3650 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, " 3651 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld); 3652 ret = warn_only; 3653 } 3654 } 3655 3656 if (!ret) 3657 { 3658 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3659 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3660 } 3661 return ret; 3662 } 3663 3664 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if 3665 there are conflicting attributes. */ 3666 static bool 3667 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3668 { 3669 bfd *obfd; 3670 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; 3671 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; 3672 bool ret; 3673 3674 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info)) 3675 return false; 3676 3677 obfd = info->output_bfd; 3678 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3679 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3680 3681 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and 3682 merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3683 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; 3684 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; 3685 ret = true; 3686 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3687 { 3688 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3; 3689 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3; 3690 static bfd *last_vec; 3691 3692 if (in_vec == 0) 3693 ; 3694 else if (out_vec == 0) 3695 { 3696 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3697 out_attr->i = in_vec; 3698 last_vec = ibfd; 3699 } 3700 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE 3701 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack 3702 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are 3703 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this 3704 case too. */ 3705 else if (in_vec == 1) 3706 ; 3707 else if (out_vec == 1) 3708 { 3709 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3710 out_attr->i = in_vec; 3711 last_vec = ibfd; 3712 } 3713 else if (out_vec < in_vec) 3714 { 3715 _bfd_error_handler 3716 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3717 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"), 3718 last_vec, ibfd); 3719 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3720 ret = false; 3721 } 3722 else if (out_vec > in_vec) 3723 { 3724 _bfd_error_handler 3725 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3726 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"), 3727 ibfd, last_vec); 3728 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3729 ret = false; 3730 } 3731 } 3732 3733 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes 3734 and merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3735 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; 3736 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; 3737 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3738 { 3739 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3; 3740 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3; 3741 static bfd *last_struct; 3742 3743 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3) 3744 ; 3745 else if (out_struct == 0) 3746 { 3747 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3748 out_attr->i = in_struct; 3749 last_struct = ibfd; 3750 } 3751 else if (out_struct < in_struct) 3752 { 3753 _bfd_error_handler 3754 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3755 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, " 3756 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd); 3757 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3758 ret = false; 3759 } 3760 else if (out_struct > in_struct) 3761 { 3762 _bfd_error_handler 3763 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3764 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, " 3765 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct); 3766 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3767 ret = false; 3768 } 3769 } 3770 if (!ret) 3771 { 3772 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3773 return false; 3774 } 3775 3776 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */ 3777 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info); 3778 } 3779 3780 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output 3781 object file when linking. */ 3782 3783 static bool 3784 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3785 { 3786 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; 3787 flagword old_flags; 3788 flagword new_flags; 3789 bool error; 3790 3791 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd)) 3792 return true; 3793 3794 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */ 3795 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info)) 3796 return false; 3797 3798 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info)) 3799 return false; 3800 3801 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) 3802 return true; 3803 3804 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; 3805 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; 3806 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd)) 3807 { 3808 /* First call, no flags set. */ 3809 elf_flags_init (obfd) = true; 3810 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags; 3811 } 3812 3813 /* Compatible flags are ok. */ 3814 else if (new_flags == old_flags) 3815 ; 3816 3817 /* Incompatible flags. */ 3818 else 3819 { 3820 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib 3821 to be linked with either. */ 3822 error = false; 3823 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0 3824 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0) 3825 { 3826 error = true; 3827 _bfd_error_handler 3828 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with " 3829 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd); 3830 } 3831 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0 3832 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0) 3833 { 3834 error = true; 3835 _bfd_error_handler 3836 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with " 3837 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd); 3838 } 3839 3840 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */ 3841 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) 3842 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB; 3843 3844 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib, 3845 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */ 3846 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB) 3847 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)) 3848 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))) 3849 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE; 3850 3851 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if 3852 any module uses it. */ 3853 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB); 3854 3855 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); 3856 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); 3857 3858 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */ 3859 if (new_flags != old_flags) 3860 { 3861 error = true; 3862 _bfd_error_handler 3863 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3864 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields " 3865 "than previous modules (%#x)"), 3866 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags); 3867 } 3868 3869 if (error) 3870 { 3871 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3872 return false; 3873 } 3874 } 3875 3876 return true; 3877 } 3878 3879 static bfd_reloc_status_type 3880 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd, 3881 asection *input_section, 3882 unsigned long offset, 3883 bfd_byte *loc, 3884 bfd_vma value, 3885 split16_format_type split16_format, 3886 bool fixup) 3887 { 3888 unsigned int insn, opcode; 3889 3890 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4)) 3891 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 3892 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc); 3893 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK; 3894 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN 3895 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN 3896 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN 3897 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN 3898 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN) 3899 { 3900 if (split16_format != split16a_type) 3901 { 3902 if (fixup) 3903 split16_format = split16a_type; 3904 else 3905 _bfd_error_handler 3906 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3907 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"), 3908 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode); 3909 } 3910 } 3911 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN 3912 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN 3913 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN 3914 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN 3915 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN 3916 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN 3917 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN) 3918 { 3919 if (split16_format != split16d_type) 3920 { 3921 if (fixup) 3922 split16_format = split16d_type; 3923 else 3924 _bfd_error_handler 3925 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3926 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"), 3927 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode); 3928 } 3929 } 3930 if (split16_format == split16a_type) 3931 { 3932 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff); 3933 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5; 3934 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN) 3935 { 3936 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */ 3937 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5); 3938 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5; 3939 } 3940 } 3941 else 3942 { 3943 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff); 3944 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10; 3945 } 3946 insn |= value & 0x7ff; 3947 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc); 3948 return bfd_reloc_ok; 3949 } 3950 3951 static void 3952 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value) 3953 { 3954 unsigned int insn; 3955 3956 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc); 3957 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */ 3958 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */ 3959 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5; 3960 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */ 3961 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5; 3962 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */ 3963 insn |= value & 0x7ff; 3964 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc); 3965 } 3966 3967 3968 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately. 3970 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */ 3971 int 3972 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 3973 struct bfd_link_info *info) 3974 { 3975 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 3976 flagword flags; 3977 3978 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 3979 3980 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3981 { 3982 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 3983 3984 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD) 3985 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3986 else if (bfd_link_pic (info) 3987 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 3988 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount", 3989 false, false, true)) != NULL 3990 && (h->type == STT_FUNC 3991 || h->needs_plt) 3992 && h->ref_regular 3993 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 3994 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))) 3995 { 3996 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with 3997 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a 3998 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs 3999 r30 to be set up. */ 4000 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4001 } 4002 else 4003 { 4004 bfd *ibfd; 4005 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style; 4006 4007 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs. 4008 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls 4009 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given 4010 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */ 4011 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 4012 plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4013 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4014 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 4015 { 4016 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16) 4017 plt_type = PLT_NEW; 4018 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call) 4019 { 4020 plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4021 htab->old_bfd = ibfd; 4022 break; 4023 } 4024 } 4025 htab->plt_type = plt_type; 4026 } 4027 } 4028 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 4029 { 4030 if (!info->user_warn_rwx_segments) 4031 info->no_warn_rwx_segments = 1; 4032 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW 4033 || (htab->params->plt_style != PLT_OLD 4034 && !info->no_warn_rwx_segments)) 4035 { 4036 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL) 4037 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd); 4038 else 4039 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling")); 4040 } 4041 } 4042 4043 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS); 4044 4045 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 4046 { 4047 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 4048 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 4049 4050 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */ 4051 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL 4052 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags)) 4053 return -1; 4054 4055 /* The new GOT is not executable. */ 4056 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL 4057 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags)) 4058 return -1; 4059 } 4060 else 4061 { 4062 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */ 4063 if (htab->glink != NULL 4064 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0)) 4065 return -1; 4066 } 4067 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW; 4068 } 4069 4070 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given 4072 relocation. */ 4073 4074 static asection * 4075 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, 4076 struct bfd_link_info *info, 4077 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 4078 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 4079 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 4080 { 4081 if (h != NULL) 4082 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 4083 { 4084 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 4085 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 4086 return NULL; 4087 } 4088 4089 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); 4090 } 4091 4092 static bool 4093 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp, 4094 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp, 4095 asection **symsecp, 4096 unsigned char **tls_maskp, 4097 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp, 4098 unsigned long r_symndx, 4099 bfd *ibfd) 4100 { 4101 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4102 4103 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4104 { 4105 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4106 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4107 4108 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4109 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4110 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4111 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4112 4113 if (hp != NULL) 4114 *hp = h; 4115 4116 if (symp != NULL) 4117 *symp = NULL; 4118 4119 if (symsecp != NULL) 4120 { 4121 asection *symsec = NULL; 4122 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4123 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 4124 symsec = h->root.u.def.section; 4125 *symsecp = symsec; 4126 } 4127 4128 if (tls_maskp != NULL) 4129 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; 4130 } 4131 else 4132 { 4133 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 4134 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp; 4135 4136 if (locsyms == NULL) 4137 { 4138 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; 4139 if (locsyms == NULL) 4140 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, 4141 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 4142 0, NULL, NULL, NULL); 4143 if (locsyms == NULL) 4144 return false; 4145 *locsymsp = locsyms; 4146 } 4147 sym = locsyms + r_symndx; 4148 4149 if (hp != NULL) 4150 *hp = NULL; 4151 4152 if (symp != NULL) 4153 *symp = sym; 4154 4155 if (symsecp != NULL) 4156 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx); 4157 4158 if (tls_maskp != NULL) 4159 { 4160 bfd_signed_vma *local_got; 4161 unsigned char *tls_mask; 4162 4163 tls_mask = NULL; 4164 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 4165 if (local_got != NULL) 4166 { 4167 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 4168 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4169 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) 4170 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4171 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 4172 } 4173 *tls_maskp = tls_mask; 4174 } 4175 } 4176 return true; 4177 } 4178 4179 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally 4181 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */ 4182 4183 bool 4184 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info) 4185 { 4186 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4187 bfd *ibfd; 4188 asection *sec; 4189 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit; 4190 4191 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4192 if (htab == NULL) 4193 return false; 4194 4195 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is 4196 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added 4197 between the call and its destination. */ 4198 limit = 0x1e00000; 4199 low_vma = -1; 4200 high_vma = 0; 4201 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4202 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) 4203 { 4204 if (low_vma > sec->vma) 4205 low_vma = sec->vma; 4206 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size) 4207 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size; 4208 } 4209 4210 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can 4211 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol 4212 is local. */ 4213 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit) 4214 { 4215 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1; 4216 return true; 4217 } 4218 4219 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct 4220 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable 4221 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that 4222 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this 4223 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a 4224 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The 4225 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the 4226 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a 4227 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct 4228 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in 4229 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs 4230 together except their symbol. */ 4231 4232 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4233 { 4234 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 4235 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; 4236 4237 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 4238 continue; 4239 4240 local_syms = NULL; 4241 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4242 4243 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4244 if (sec->has_pltcall 4245 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) 4246 { 4247 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; 4248 4249 /* Read the relocations. */ 4250 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, 4251 info->keep_memory); 4252 if (relstart == NULL) 4253 return false; 4254 4255 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; 4256 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++) 4257 { 4258 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 4259 unsigned long r_symndx; 4260 asection *sym_sec; 4261 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4262 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 4263 unsigned char *tls_maskp; 4264 4265 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4266 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL) 4267 continue; 4268 4269 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4270 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms, 4271 r_symndx, ibfd)) 4272 { 4273 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4274 free (relstart); 4275 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 4276 free (local_syms); 4277 return false; 4278 } 4279 4280 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) 4281 { 4282 bfd_vma from, to; 4283 if (h != NULL) 4284 to = h->root.u.def.value; 4285 else 4286 to = sym->st_value; 4287 to += (rel->r_addend 4288 + sym_sec->output_offset 4289 + sym_sec->output_section->vma); 4290 from = (rel->r_offset 4291 + sec->output_offset 4292 + sec->output_section->vma); 4293 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit) 4294 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP; 4295 } 4296 } 4297 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4298 free (relstart); 4299 } 4300 4301 if (local_syms != NULL 4302 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 4303 { 4304 if (!info->keep_memory) 4305 free (local_syms); 4306 else 4307 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; 4308 } 4309 } 4310 4311 return true; 4312 } 4313 4314 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the 4315 generic ELF tls_setup function. */ 4316 4317 asection * 4318 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 4319 { 4320 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4321 4322 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4323 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", 4324 false, false, true); 4325 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 4326 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true; 4327 4328 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt) 4329 { 4330 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga; 4331 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt", 4332 false, false, true); 4333 if (opt != NULL 4334 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4335 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) 4336 { 4337 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub, 4338 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll 4339 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then 4340 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */ 4341 tga = htab->tls_get_addr; 4342 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 4343 && tga != NULL 4344 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC 4345 || tga->needs_plt) 4346 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga) 4347 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga))) 4348 { 4349 struct plt_entry *ent; 4350 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 4351 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4352 break; 4353 if (ent != NULL) 4354 { 4355 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect; 4356 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root; 4357 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga); 4358 opt->mark = 1; 4359 if (opt->dynindx != -1) 4360 { 4361 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */ 4362 opt->dynindx = -1; 4363 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, 4364 opt->dynstr_index); 4365 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt)) 4366 return false; 4367 } 4368 htab->tls_get_addr = opt; 4369 } 4370 } 4371 } 4372 else 4373 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true; 4374 } 4375 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 4376 && htab->elf.splt != NULL 4377 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL) 4378 { 4379 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS; 4380 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE; 4381 } 4382 4383 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info); 4384 } 4385 4386 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching 4387 HASH. */ 4388 4389 static bool 4390 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd, 4391 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 4392 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash) 4393 { 4394 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4395 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4396 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4397 4398 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) 4399 { 4400 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4401 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4402 4403 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4404 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4405 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4406 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4407 if (h == hash) 4408 return true; 4409 } 4410 return false; 4411 } 4412 4413 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization 4414 opportunities. */ 4415 4416 bool 4417 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 4418 struct bfd_link_info *info) 4419 { 4420 bfd *ibfd; 4421 asection *sec; 4422 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4423 int pass; 4424 4425 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) 4426 return true; 4427 4428 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4429 if (htab == NULL) 4430 return false; 4431 4432 htab->do_tls_opt = 1; 4433 4434 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls 4435 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed 4436 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls 4437 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to 4438 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and 4439 adjust got and plt refcounts. */ 4440 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) 4441 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4442 { 4443 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4444 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2"); 4445 4446 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4447 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) 4448 { 4449 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; 4450 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; 4451 4452 /* Read the relocations. */ 4453 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, 4454 info->keep_memory); 4455 if (relstart == NULL) 4456 return false; 4457 4458 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; 4459 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++) 4460 { 4461 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 4462 unsigned long r_symndx; 4463 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; 4464 unsigned char *tls_mask; 4465 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear; 4466 bool is_local; 4467 bfd_signed_vma *got_count; 4468 4469 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4470 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4471 { 4472 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 4473 4474 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4475 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4476 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4477 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4478 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4479 } 4480 4481 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h); 4482 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4483 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls 4484 without marker relocs, then check that each 4485 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc 4486 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg 4487 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup 4488 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */ 4489 if (pass == 0 4490 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr 4491 && h != NULL 4492 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 4493 && !expecting_tls_get_addr 4494 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) 4495 { 4496 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, " 4497 "TLS optimization disabled\n", 4498 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); 4499 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4500 free (relstart); 4501 return true; 4502 } 4503 4504 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; 4505 switch (r_type) 4506 { 4507 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 4508 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 4509 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; 4510 /* Fall through. */ 4511 4512 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 4513 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 4514 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol 4515 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if 4516 that turns out to be the case. */ 4517 if (!is_local) 4518 continue; 4519 4520 /* LD -> LE */ 4521 tls_set = 0; 4522 tls_clear = TLS_LD; 4523 break; 4524 4525 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 4526 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 4527 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; 4528 /* Fall through. */ 4529 4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 4532 if (is_local) 4533 /* GD -> LE */ 4534 tls_set = 0; 4535 else 4536 /* GD -> IE */ 4537 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE; 4538 tls_clear = TLS_GD; 4539 break; 4540 4541 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 4542 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 4543 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 4544 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 4545 if (is_local) 4546 { 4547 /* IE -> LE */ 4548 tls_set = 0; 4549 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL; 4550 break; 4551 } 4552 else 4553 continue; 4554 4555 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 4556 if (!is_local) 4557 continue; 4558 /* Fall through. */ 4559 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 4560 if (rel + 1 < relend 4561 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 4562 { 4563 if (pass != 0 4564 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ) 4565 { 4566 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info); 4567 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info); 4568 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4569 { 4570 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 4571 4572 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4573 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4574 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4575 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4576 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4577 if (h != NULL) 4578 { 4579 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL; 4580 bfd_vma addend = 0; 4581 4582 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4583 addend = rel->r_addend; 4584 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, 4585 got2, addend); 4586 if (ent != NULL 4587 && ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4588 ent->plt.refcount -= 1; 4589 } 4590 } 4591 } 4592 continue; 4593 } 4594 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2; 4595 tls_set = 0; 4596 tls_clear = 0; 4597 break; 4598 4599 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 4600 if (pass == 0) 4601 { 4602 unsigned char buf[4]; 4603 unsigned int insn; 4604 bfd_vma off = rel->r_offset & ~3; 4605 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf, 4606 off, 4)) 4607 { 4608 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4609 free (relstart); 4610 return false; 4611 } 4612 insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf); 4613 /* addis rt,2,imm */ 4614 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16)) 4615 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16))) 4616 { 4617 /* xgettext:c-format */ 4618 info->callbacks->minfo 4619 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"), 4620 ibfd, sec, off, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn); 4621 htab->do_tls_opt = 0; 4622 } 4623 } 4624 continue; 4625 4626 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 4627 htab->do_tls_opt = 0; 4628 continue; 4629 4630 default: 4631 continue; 4632 } 4633 4634 if (pass == 0) 4635 { 4636 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr 4637 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr) 4638 continue; 4639 4640 if (rel + 1 < relend 4641 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1, 4642 htab->tls_get_addr)) 4643 continue; 4644 4645 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We 4646 could just mark this symbol to exclude it 4647 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip 4648 the entire optimization. */ 4649 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, " 4650 "TLS optimization disabled\n"), 4651 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); 4652 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4653 free (relstart); 4654 return true; 4655 } 4656 4657 if (h != NULL) 4658 { 4659 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; 4660 got_count = &h->got.refcount; 4661 } 4662 else 4663 { 4664 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs; 4665 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 4666 unsigned char *lgot_masks; 4667 4668 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 4669 if (lgot_refs == NULL) 4670 abort (); 4671 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 4672 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4673 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) 4674 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4675 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 4676 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx]; 4677 } 4678 4679 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls 4680 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't 4681 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a 4682 marker for this symbol, then we either have a 4683 broken object file or an -mlongcall style 4684 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker. 4685 Disable optimization in this case. */ 4686 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0 4687 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr 4688 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) 4689 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))) 4690 continue; 4691 4692 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr) 4693 { 4694 struct plt_entry *ent; 4695 bfd_vma addend = 0; 4696 4697 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 4698 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24 4699 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL)) 4700 addend = rel[1].r_addend; 4701 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist, 4702 got2, addend); 4703 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4704 ent->plt.refcount -= 1; 4705 } 4706 if (tls_clear == 0) 4707 continue; 4708 4709 if (tls_set == 0) 4710 { 4711 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */ 4712 if (*got_count > 0) 4713 *got_count -= 1; 4714 } 4715 4716 *tls_mask |= tls_set; 4717 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear; 4718 } 4719 4720 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4721 free (relstart); 4722 } 4723 } 4724 return true; 4725 } 4726 4727 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak 4729 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after 4730 size_dynamic_sections. */ 4731 4732 static bool 4733 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4734 { 4735 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); 4736 do 4737 { 4738 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf)) 4739 return true; 4740 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias); 4741 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h); 4742 4743 return false; 4744 } 4745 4746 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */ 4747 4748 static bool 4749 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4750 { 4751 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 4752 4753 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 4754 if (p->pc_count != 0) 4755 return true; 4756 return false; 4757 } 4758 4759 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a 4760 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the 4761 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to 4762 change the definition to something the rest of the link can 4763 understand. */ 4764 4765 static bool 4766 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 4767 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4768 { 4769 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4770 asection *s; 4771 4772 #ifdef DEBUG 4773 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n", 4774 h->root.root.string); 4775 #endif 4776 4777 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ 4778 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4779 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL 4780 && (h->needs_plt 4781 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 4782 || h->is_weakalias 4783 || (h->def_dynamic 4784 && h->ref_regular 4785 && !h->def_regular))); 4786 4787 /* Deal with function syms. */ 4788 if (h->type == STT_FUNC 4789 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 4790 || h->needs_plt) 4791 { 4792 bool local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 4793 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)); 4794 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a 4795 function symbol is local. */ 4796 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local) 4797 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4798 4799 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that 4800 won't need a .plt entry. */ 4801 struct plt_entry *ent; 4802 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 4803 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4804 break; 4805 if (ent == NULL 4806 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC 4807 && local 4808 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 4809 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask 4810 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP))) 4811 { 4812 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when: 4813 4814 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry 4815 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case, 4816 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called. 4817 4818 2. GC has rendered the entry unused. 4819 4820 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol 4821 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */ 4822 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4823 h->needs_plt = 0; 4824 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; 4825 } 4826 else 4827 { 4828 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section 4829 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the 4830 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can 4831 be used instead, giving better runtime performance. 4832 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce 4833 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic 4834 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the 4835 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather 4836 than link time. */ 4837 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed 4838 || (h->non_got_ref 4839 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak 4840 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))) 4841 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks 4842 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs 4843 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h)) 4844 { 4845 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; 4846 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol 4847 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */ 4848 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) 4849 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4850 } 4851 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 4852 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the 4853 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */ 4854 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4855 } 4856 h->protected_def = 0; 4857 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */ 4858 return true; 4859 } 4860 else 4861 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4862 4863 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the 4864 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the 4865 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ 4866 if (h->is_weakalias) 4867 { 4868 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h); 4869 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined); 4870 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section; 4871 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value; 4872 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss 4873 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro 4874 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss) 4875 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4876 return true; 4877 } 4878 4879 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which 4880 is not a function. */ 4881 4882 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the 4883 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. 4884 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will 4885 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ 4886 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4887 { 4888 h->protected_def = 0; 4889 return true; 4890 } 4891 4892 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the 4893 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */ 4894 if (!h->non_got_ref) 4895 { 4896 h->protected_def = 0; 4897 return true; 4898 } 4899 4900 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in 4901 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected 4902 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations 4903 are preferable to an incorrect program. */ 4904 if (h->protected_def) 4905 { 4906 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 4907 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 4908 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo 4909 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0 4910 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1) 4911 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1; 4912 return true; 4913 } 4914 4915 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */ 4916 if (info->nocopyreloc) 4917 return true; 4918 4919 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then 4920 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. 4921 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This 4922 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic 4923 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an 4924 executable. */ 4925 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 4926 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs 4927 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks 4928 && !h->def_regular 4929 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h)) 4930 return true; 4931 4932 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will 4933 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be 4934 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic 4935 object will contain position independent code, so all references 4936 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global 4937 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to 4938 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so 4939 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the 4940 same memory location for the variable. 4941 4942 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we 4943 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */ 4944 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 4945 s = htab->dynsbss; 4946 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4947 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro; 4948 else 4949 s = htab->elf.sdynbss; 4950 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 4951 4952 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0) 4953 { 4954 asection *srel; 4955 4956 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic 4957 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object 4958 and into the runtime process image. */ 4959 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 4960 srel = htab->relsbss; 4961 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4962 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; 4963 else 4964 srel = htab->elf.srelbss; 4965 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL); 4966 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 4967 h->needs_copy = 1; 4968 } 4969 4970 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */ 4971 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4972 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s); 4973 } 4974 4975 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is 4977 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0, 4978 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym 4979 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC 4980 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */ 4981 4982 static bool 4983 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent, 4984 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 4985 struct bfd_link_info *info) 4986 { 4987 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; 4988 size_t len1, len2, len3; 4989 char *name; 4990 const char *stub; 4991 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4992 4993 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4994 stub = ".plt_pic32."; 4995 else 4996 stub = ".plt_call32."; 4997 4998 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string); 4999 len2 = strlen (stub); 5000 len3 = 0; 5001 if (ent->sec) 5002 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name); 5003 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9); 5004 if (name == NULL) 5005 return false; 5006 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff); 5007 if (ent->sec) 5008 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3); 5009 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2); 5010 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1); 5011 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, true, false, false); 5012 if (sh == NULL) 5013 return false; 5014 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5015 { 5016 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5017 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5018 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset; 5019 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5020 sh->def_regular = 1; 5021 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5022 sh->forced_local = 1; 5023 sh->non_elf = 0; 5024 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5025 } 5026 return true; 5027 } 5028 5029 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset. 5030 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */ 5031 5032 static bfd_vma 5033 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need) 5034 { 5035 bfd_vma where; 5036 unsigned int max_before_header; 5037 5038 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 5039 { 5040 where = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5041 htab->elf.sgot->size += need; 5042 } 5043 else 5044 { 5045 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764; 5046 if (need <= htab->got_gap) 5047 { 5048 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap; 5049 htab->got_gap -= need; 5050 } 5051 else 5052 { 5053 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header 5054 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header) 5055 { 5056 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size; 5057 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size; 5058 } 5059 where = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5060 htab->elf.sgot->size += need; 5061 } 5062 } 5063 return where; 5064 } 5065 5066 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK. 5067 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */ 5068 5069 static inline unsigned int 5070 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask) 5071 { 5072 unsigned int need; 5073 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0) 5074 need = 4; 5075 else 5076 { 5077 need = 0; 5078 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) 5079 need += 8; 5080 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0) 5081 need += 4; 5082 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 5083 need += 4; 5084 } 5085 return need; 5086 } 5087 5088 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */ 5089 5090 static bool 5091 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info, 5092 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 5093 { 5094 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); 5095 5096 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created 5097 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0 5098 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 5099 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) 5100 && h->dynindx == -1 5101 && !h->forced_local 5102 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT) 5103 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h); 5104 return true; 5105 } 5106 5107 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the 5108 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */ 5109 5110 static inline 5111 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info, 5112 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 5113 { 5114 return (h == NULL 5115 || h->dynindx == -1 5116 || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created); 5117 } 5118 5119 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */ 5120 5121 static bool 5122 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) 5123 { 5124 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf; 5125 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 5126 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 5127 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 5128 5129 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) 5130 return true; 5131 5132 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 5133 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 5134 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0 5135 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 5136 && !eh->elf.def_regular 5137 && eh->elf.protected_def 5138 && eh->has_addr16_ha 5139 && eh->has_addr16_lo 5140 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)) 5141 { 5142 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5143 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf)) 5144 return false; 5145 5146 unsigned int need = got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask); 5147 unsigned int rel_need = need * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4; 5148 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 5149 { 5150 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)) 5151 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should 5152 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have 5153 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */ 5154 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; 5155 else 5156 { 5157 need += 8; 5158 rel_need += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5159 } 5160 } 5161 if (need == 0) 5162 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5163 else 5164 { 5165 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need); 5166 if (((bfd_link_pic (info) 5167 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 5168 && bfd_link_executable (info) 5169 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)) 5170 && !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root)) 5171 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5172 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1 5173 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))) 5174 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf)) 5175 { 5176 asection *rsec; 5177 5178 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot; 5179 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5180 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt; 5181 rsec->size += rel_need; 5182 } 5183 } 5184 } 5185 else 5186 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5187 5188 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for 5189 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */ 5190 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5191 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5192 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5193 5194 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */ 5195 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 5196 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) 5197 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5198 5199 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default 5200 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */ 5201 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 5202 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5203 5204 if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL) 5205 ; 5206 5207 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for 5208 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be 5209 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard 5210 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility 5211 changes. */ 5212 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5213 { 5214 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn, 5215 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be 5216 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to 5217 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt. 5218 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected 5219 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */ 5220 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) 5221 { 5222 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 5223 5224 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 5225 { 5226 p->count -= p->pc_count; 5227 p->pc_count = 0; 5228 if (p->count == 0) 5229 *pp = p->next; 5230 else 5231 pp = &p->next; 5232 } 5233 } 5234 5235 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks) 5236 { 5237 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 5238 5239 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 5240 { 5241 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) 5242 *pp = p->next; 5243 else 5244 pp = &p->next; 5245 } 5246 } 5247 5248 if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL) 5249 { 5250 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5251 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) 5252 return false; 5253 } 5254 } 5255 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS) 5256 { 5257 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against 5258 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not 5259 dynamic. */ 5260 if ((h->dynamic_adjusted 5261 || (h->ref_regular 5262 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 5263 && (info->dynamic_undefined_weak > 0 5264 || !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h)))) 5265 && !h->def_regular 5266 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h) 5267 && !(h->protected_def 5268 && eh->has_addr16_ha 5269 && eh->has_addr16_lo 5270 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)) 5271 { 5272 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5273 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) 5274 return false; 5275 5276 if (h->dynindx == -1) 5277 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5278 } 5279 else 5280 h->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5281 } 5282 5283 /* Allocate space. */ 5284 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 5285 if (!discarded_section (p->sec)) 5286 { 5287 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; 5288 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5289 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 5290 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5291 } 5292 5293 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled. 5294 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol 5295 a) is dynamic, or 5296 b) is an ifunc, or 5297 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or 5298 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */ 5299 if ((htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1) 5300 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 5301 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted) 5302 || (h->needs_plt 5303 && h->def_regular 5304 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5305 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 5306 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask 5307 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP)) 5308 { 5309 struct plt_entry *ent; 5310 bool doneone = false; 5311 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5312 5313 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 5314 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 5315 { 5316 asection *s; 5317 bool dyn; 5318 5319 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) 5320 return false; 5321 5322 dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h); 5323 s = htab->elf.splt; 5324 if (!dyn) 5325 { 5326 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5327 s = htab->elf.iplt; 5328 else 5329 s = htab->pltlocal; 5330 } 5331 5332 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn) 5333 { 5334 if (!doneone) 5335 { 5336 plt_offset = s->size; 5337 s->size += 4; 5338 } 5339 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5340 5341 if (s == htab->pltlocal) 5342 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5343 else 5344 { 5345 s = htab->glink; 5346 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)) 5347 { 5348 glink_offset = s->size; 5349 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h); 5350 } 5351 if (!doneone 5352 && !bfd_link_pic (info) 5353 && h->def_dynamic 5354 && !h->def_regular) 5355 { 5356 h->root.u.def.section = s; 5357 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset; 5358 } 5359 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5360 5361 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms 5362 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info)) 5363 return false; 5364 } 5365 } 5366 else 5367 { 5368 if (!doneone) 5369 { 5370 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room 5371 for the special first entry. */ 5372 if (s->size == 0) 5373 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size; 5374 5375 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two 5376 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load 5377 and a jump), and then there is a remaining 5378 word available at the end. */ 5379 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size 5380 + (htab->plt_slot_size 5381 * ((s->size 5382 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5383 / htab->plt_entry_size))); 5384 5385 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular 5386 file, and we are not generating a shared 5387 library, then set the symbol to this location 5388 in the .plt. This is to avoid text 5389 relocations, and is required to make 5390 function pointers compare as equal between 5391 the normal executable and the shared library. */ 5392 if (! bfd_link_pic (info) 5393 && h->def_dynamic 5394 && !h->def_regular) 5395 { 5396 h->root.u.def.section = s; 5397 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset; 5398 } 5399 5400 /* Make room for this entry. */ 5401 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; 5402 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries 5403 is allocated. */ 5404 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD 5405 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5406 / htab->plt_entry_size 5407 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) 5408 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; 5409 } 5410 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5411 } 5412 5413 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */ 5414 if (!doneone) 5415 { 5416 if (!dyn) 5417 { 5418 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5419 { 5420 s = htab->elf.irelplt; 5421 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5422 } 5423 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5424 { 5425 s = htab->relpltlocal; 5426 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5427 } 5428 } 5429 else 5430 { 5431 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5432 5433 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 5434 { 5435 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */ 5436 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) 5437 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5438 { 5439 if (ent->plt.offset 5440 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5441 { 5442 htab->srelplt2->size 5443 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) 5444 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS); 5445 } 5446 5447 htab->srelplt2->size 5448 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) 5449 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS); 5450 } 5451 5452 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in 5453 .got.plt. */ 5454 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4; 5455 } 5456 } 5457 doneone = true; 5458 } 5459 } 5460 else 5461 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5462 5463 if (!doneone) 5464 { 5465 h->plt.plist = NULL; 5466 h->needs_plt = 0; 5467 } 5468 } 5469 else 5470 { 5471 h->plt.plist = NULL; 5472 h->needs_plt = 0; 5473 } 5474 5475 return true; 5476 } 5477 5478 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] = 5479 { 5480 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */ 5481 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */ 5482 1, /* CIE version. */ 5483 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */ 5484 4, /* Code alignment. */ 5485 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */ 5486 65, /* RA reg. */ 5487 1, /* Augmentation size. */ 5488 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */ 5489 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */ 5490 }; 5491 5492 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ 5493 5494 static bool 5495 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 5496 struct bfd_link_info *info) 5497 { 5498 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 5499 asection *s; 5500 bool relocs; 5501 bfd *ibfd; 5502 5503 #ifdef DEBUG 5504 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n"); 5505 #endif 5506 5507 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 5508 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL); 5509 5510 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 5511 { 5512 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ 5513 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp) 5514 { 5515 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp"); 5516 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 5517 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; 5518 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; 5519 } 5520 } 5521 5522 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 5523 htab->got_header_size = 16; 5524 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 5525 htab->got_header_size = 12; 5526 5527 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic 5528 relocs. */ 5529 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 5530 { 5531 bfd_signed_vma *local_got; 5532 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; 5533 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 5534 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt; 5535 char *lgot_masks; 5536 bfd_size_type locsymcount; 5537 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 5538 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; 5539 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 5540 5541 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 5542 continue; 5543 5544 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 5545 { 5546 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; 5547 5548 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *) 5549 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); 5550 p != NULL; 5551 p = p->next) 5552 { 5553 if (discarded_section (p->sec)) 5554 { 5555 /* Input section has been discarded, either because 5556 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to 5557 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding 5558 the relocs too. */ 5559 } 5560 else if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks 5561 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, 5562 ".tls_vars") == 0) 5563 { 5564 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are 5565 handled specially by the loader. */ 5566 } 5567 else if (p->count != 0) 5568 { 5569 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; 5570 if (p->ifunc) 5571 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 5572 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5573 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags 5574 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) 5575 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) 5576 { 5577 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 5578 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"), 5579 p->sec->owner, p->sec); 5580 } 5581 } 5582 } 5583 } 5584 5585 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 5586 if (!local_got) 5587 continue; 5588 5589 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 5590 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 5591 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; 5592 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; 5593 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; 5594 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; 5595 local_syms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; 5596 if (local_syms == NULL && locsymcount != 0) 5597 { 5598 local_syms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, locsymcount, 5599 0, NULL, NULL, NULL); 5600 if (local_syms == NULL) 5601 return false; 5602 } 5603 5604 for (isym = local_syms; 5605 local_got < end_local_got; 5606 ++local_got, ++lgot_masks, ++isym) 5607 if (*local_got > 0) 5608 { 5609 unsigned int need; 5610 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 5611 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; 5612 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks); 5613 if (need == 0) 5614 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; 5615 else 5616 { 5617 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need); 5618 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 5619 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0 5620 && bfd_link_executable (info)) 5621 && isym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS) 5622 { 5623 asection *srel; 5624 5625 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4; 5626 srel = htab->elf.srelgot; 5627 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5628 srel = htab->elf.irelplt; 5629 srel->size += need; 5630 } 5631 } 5632 } 5633 else 5634 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; 5635 5636 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks) 5637 continue; 5638 5639 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */ 5640 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; 5641 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks) 5642 { 5643 struct plt_entry *ent; 5644 bool doneone = false; 5645 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5646 5647 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 5648 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 5649 { 5650 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5651 s = htab->elf.iplt; 5652 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 5653 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP) 5654 { 5655 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5656 continue; 5657 } 5658 else 5659 s = htab->pltlocal; 5660 5661 if (!doneone) 5662 { 5663 plt_offset = s->size; 5664 s->size += 4; 5665 } 5666 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5667 5668 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))) 5669 { 5670 s = htab->glink; 5671 glink_offset = s->size; 5672 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL); 5673 } 5674 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5675 5676 if (!doneone) 5677 { 5678 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5679 { 5680 s = htab->elf.irelplt; 5681 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5682 } 5683 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5684 { 5685 s = htab->relpltlocal; 5686 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5687 } 5688 doneone = true; 5689 } 5690 } 5691 else 5692 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5693 } 5694 5695 if (local_syms != NULL 5696 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 5697 { 5698 if (!info->keep_memory) 5699 free (local_syms); 5700 else 5701 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; 5702 } 5703 } 5704 5705 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */ 5706 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info); 5707 5708 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0) 5709 { 5710 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8); 5711 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 5712 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5713 } 5714 else 5715 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5716 5717 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS) 5718 { 5719 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768; 5720 5721 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here, 5722 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated), 5723 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the 5724 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */ 5725 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768) 5726 { 5727 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5728 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 5729 g_o_t += 4; 5730 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size; 5731 } 5732 5733 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t; 5734 } 5735 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5736 { 5737 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 5738 5739 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section; 5740 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; 5741 } 5742 if (info->emitrelocations) 5743 { 5744 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 5745 5746 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular) 5747 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 5748 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 5749 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular) 5750 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 5751 } 5752 5753 if (htab->glink != NULL 5754 && htab->glink->size != 0 5755 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5756 { 5757 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size; 5758 /* Space for the branch table. */ 5759 htab->glink->size 5760 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4; 5761 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */ 5762 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 5763 ? 63 : 15); 5764 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 5765 5766 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms) 5767 { 5768 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; 5769 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink", 5770 true, false, false); 5771 if (sh == NULL) 5772 return false; 5773 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5774 { 5775 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5776 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5777 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve; 5778 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5779 sh->def_regular = 1; 5780 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5781 sh->forced_local = 1; 5782 sh->non_elf = 0; 5783 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5784 } 5785 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve", 5786 true, false, false); 5787 if (sh == NULL) 5788 return false; 5789 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5790 { 5791 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5792 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5793 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 5794 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5795 sh->def_regular = 1; 5796 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5797 sh->forced_local = 1; 5798 sh->non_elf = 0; 5799 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5800 } 5801 } 5802 } 5803 5804 if (htab->glink != NULL 5805 && htab->glink->size != 0 5806 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 5807 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section) 5808 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info)) 5809 { 5810 s = htab->glink_eh_frame; 5811 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20; 5812 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5813 { 5814 s->size += 4; 5815 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256) 5816 s->size += 4; 5817 } 5818 } 5819 5820 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. 5821 Allocate memory for them. */ 5822 relocs = false; 5823 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 5824 { 5825 bool strip_section = true; 5826 5827 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) 5828 continue; 5829 5830 if (s == htab->elf.splt 5831 || s == htab->elf.sgot) 5832 { 5833 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if 5834 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them. 5835 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */ 5836 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL) 5837 strip_section = false; 5838 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the 5839 comment below. */ 5840 } 5841 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt 5842 || s == htab->pltlocal 5843 || s == htab->glink 5844 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame 5845 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt 5846 || s == htab->sbss 5847 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss 5848 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro 5849 || s == htab->dynsbss) 5850 { 5851 /* Strip these too. */ 5852 } 5853 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section 5854 || s == htab->sdata[1].section) 5855 { 5856 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0; 5857 } 5858 else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela")) 5859 { 5860 if (s->size != 0) 5861 { 5862 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */ 5863 relocs = true; 5864 5865 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need 5866 to copy relocs into the output file. */ 5867 s->reloc_count = 0; 5868 } 5869 } 5870 else 5871 { 5872 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ 5873 continue; 5874 } 5875 5876 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section) 5877 { 5878 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the 5879 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and 5880 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in 5881 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created 5882 before the linker maps input sections to output 5883 sections. The linker does that before 5884 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that 5885 function which decides whether anything needs to go 5886 into these sections. */ 5887 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 5888 continue; 5889 } 5890 5891 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) 5892 continue; 5893 5894 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */ 5895 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size); 5896 if (s->contents == NULL) 5897 return false; 5898 } 5899 5900 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5901 { 5902 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the 5903 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we 5904 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for 5905 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the 5906 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ 5907 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ 5908 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) 5909 5910 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info, 5911 relocs)) 5912 return false; 5913 5914 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 5915 && htab->glink != NULL 5916 && htab->glink->size != 0) 5917 { 5918 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0)) 5919 return false; 5920 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt 5921 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL 5922 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL 5923 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS)) 5924 return false; 5925 } 5926 } 5927 #undef add_dynamic_entry 5928 5929 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 5930 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL) 5931 { 5932 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 5933 bfd_vma val; 5934 5935 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie)); 5936 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */ 5937 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p); 5938 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 5939 /* FDE length. */ 5940 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 5941 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 5942 p += 4; 5943 /* CIE pointer. */ 5944 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 5945 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 5946 p += 4; 5947 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */ 5948 p += 4; 5949 /* .glink size. */ 5950 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p); 5951 p += 4; 5952 /* Augmentation. */ 5953 p += 1; 5954 5955 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 5956 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5957 { 5958 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2; 5959 if (adv < 64) 5960 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv; 5961 else if (adv < 256) 5962 { 5963 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1; 5964 *p++ = adv; 5965 } 5966 else if (adv < 65536) 5967 { 5968 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2; 5969 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p); 5970 p += 2; 5971 } 5972 else 5973 { 5974 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4; 5975 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p); 5976 p += 4; 5977 } 5978 *p++ = DW_CFA_register; 5979 *p++ = 65; 5980 p++; 5981 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4; 5982 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended; 5983 *p++ = 65; 5984 } 5985 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4) 5986 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size); 5987 } 5988 5989 return true; 5990 } 5991 5992 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output 5993 if it looks like nothing is using them. */ 5994 5995 static void 5996 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 5997 { 5998 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym; 5999 6000 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1) 6001 { 6002 asection *s; 6003 6004 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name); 6005 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s)) 6006 { 6007 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name); 6008 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s)) 6009 { 6010 sda->def_regular = 0; 6011 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */ 6012 sda->ref_dynamic = 1; 6013 sda->forced_local = 0; 6014 } 6015 } 6016 } 6017 } 6018 6019 void 6020 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info) 6021 { 6022 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 6023 6024 if (htab != NULL) 6025 { 6026 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]); 6027 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]); 6028 } 6029 } 6030 6031 6032 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */ 6033 6034 static bool 6035 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 6036 { 6037 if (h->plt.plist != NULL 6038 && !h->def_regular 6039 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed 6040 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak)) 6041 return false; 6042 6043 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h); 6044 } 6045 6046 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0])) 6048 6049 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is 6050 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */ 6051 static const int shared_stub_entry[] = 6052 { 6053 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */ 6054 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */ 6055 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */ 6056 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */ 6057 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */ 6058 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */ 6059 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ 6060 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 6061 }; 6062 6063 static const int stub_entry[] = 6064 { 6065 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */ 6066 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */ 6067 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ 6068 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 6069 }; 6070 6071 struct ppc_elf_relax_info 6072 { 6073 unsigned int workaround_size; 6074 unsigned int picfixup_size; 6075 }; 6076 6077 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476 6078 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch 6079 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can 6080 add trampolines at the end of the section. */ 6081 6082 static bool 6083 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, 6084 asection *isec, 6085 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, 6086 bool *again) 6087 { 6088 struct one_branch_fixup 6089 { 6090 struct one_branch_fixup *next; 6091 asection *tsec; 6092 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a 6093 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */ 6094 bfd_vma toff; 6095 bfd_vma trampoff; 6096 }; 6097 6098 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 6099 bfd_byte *contents = NULL; 6100 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; 6101 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL; 6102 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL; 6103 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL; 6104 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL; 6105 unsigned changes = 0; 6106 bool workaround_change; 6107 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 6108 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size; 6109 asection *got2; 6110 bool maybe_pasted; 6111 6112 *again = false; 6113 6114 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */ 6115 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 6116 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0 6117 || (isec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0 6118 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0 6119 || isec->size < 4) 6120 return true; 6121 6122 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't 6123 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r 6124 anyway. */ 6125 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6126 return true; 6127 6128 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info); 6129 if (htab == NULL) 6130 return true; 6131 6132 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4; 6133 if (isec->rawsize == 0) 6134 isec->rawsize = isec->size; 6135 trampbase = isec->size; 6136 6137 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE 6138 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET); 6139 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET; 6140 6141 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 6142 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6143 { 6144 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL) 6145 { 6146 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info 6147 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info)); 6148 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL) 6149 return false; 6150 } 6151 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info; 6152 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size; 6153 } 6154 6155 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 6156 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0); 6157 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */ 6158 trampoff = trampbase; 6159 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize) 6160 trampoff += 4; 6161 6162 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); 6163 picfixup_size = 0; 6164 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines 6165 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6166 { 6167 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */ 6168 if (isec->reloc_count != 0) 6169 { 6170 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL, 6171 link_info->keep_memory); 6172 if (internal_relocs == NULL) 6173 goto error_return; 6174 } 6175 6176 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); 6177 6178 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count; 6179 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) 6180 { 6181 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); 6182 bfd_vma toff, roff; 6183 asection *tsec; 6184 struct one_branch_fixup *f; 6185 size_t insn_offset = 0; 6186 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val, reladdr; 6187 bfd_byte *hit_addr; 6188 unsigned long t0; 6189 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 6190 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 6191 struct plt_entry **plist; 6192 unsigned char sym_type; 6193 6194 switch (r_type) 6195 { 6196 case R_PPC_REL24: 6197 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 6198 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 6199 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 6200 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25; 6201 break; 6202 6203 case R_PPC_REL14: 6204 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 6205 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 6206 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15; 6207 break; 6208 6209 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 6210 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6211 break; 6212 continue; 6213 6214 default: 6215 continue; 6216 } 6217 6218 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */ 6219 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf, 6220 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd)) 6221 goto error_return; 6222 6223 if (isym != NULL) 6224 { 6225 if (tsec != NULL) 6226 ; 6227 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) 6228 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 6229 else 6230 continue; 6231 6232 toff = isym->st_value; 6233 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info); 6234 } 6235 else 6236 { 6237 if (tsec != NULL) 6238 toff = h->root.u.def.value; 6239 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 6240 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 6241 { 6242 unsigned long indx; 6243 6244 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info; 6245 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr; 6246 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0; 6247 } 6248 else 6249 continue; 6250 6251 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later 6252 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long- 6253 branch stub in that case. */ 6254 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info) 6255 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 6256 && irel != internal_relocs) 6257 { 6258 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info); 6259 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info); 6260 unsigned int tls_mask = 0; 6261 6262 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or 6263 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc 6264 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls 6265 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */ 6266 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 6267 { 6268 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); 6269 6270 if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 6271 { 6272 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 6273 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6274 char *lgot_masks = (char *) 6275 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6276 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx]; 6277 } 6278 } 6279 else 6280 { 6281 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th 6282 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 6283 6284 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 6285 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 6286 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link; 6287 6288 tls_mask 6289 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask; 6290 } 6291 6292 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be 6293 optimised away. */ 6294 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 6295 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD 6296 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 6297 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO)) 6298 continue; 6299 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 6300 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD 6301 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 6302 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO)) 6303 continue; 6304 } 6305 6306 sym_type = h->type; 6307 } 6308 6309 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 6310 { 6311 if (h != NULL 6312 && !h->def_regular 6313 && h->protected_def 6314 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 6315 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo) 6316 picfixup_size += 12; 6317 continue; 6318 } 6319 6320 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must 6321 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here 6322 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch 6323 destination used here may be incorrect. */ 6324 plist = NULL; 6325 if (h != NULL) 6326 { 6327 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */ 6328 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 6329 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6330 plist = &h->plt.plist; 6331 } 6332 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 6333 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL) 6334 { 6335 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); 6336 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 6337 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6338 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); 6339 } 6340 if (plist != NULL) 6341 { 6342 bfd_vma addend = 0; 6343 struct plt_entry *ent; 6344 6345 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6346 addend = irel->r_addend; 6347 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend); 6348 if (ent != NULL) 6349 { 6350 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 6351 || h == NULL 6352 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 6353 || h->dynindx == -1) 6354 { 6355 tsec = htab->glink; 6356 toff = ent->glink_offset; 6357 } 6358 else 6359 { 6360 tsec = htab->elf.splt; 6361 toff = ent->plt.offset; 6362 } 6363 } 6364 } 6365 6366 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have 6367 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the 6368 branch overflow. */ 6369 if (tsec == isec) 6370 continue; 6371 6372 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is 6373 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't 6374 support addends. It would be possible to do so by 6375 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on 6376 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */ 6377 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6378 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr 6379 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24 6380 && irel->r_addend != 0) 6381 continue; 6382 6383 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in 6384 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely 6385 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at 6386 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a 6387 reference for other target relax_section functions. */ 6388 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) 6389 { 6390 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been 6391 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be 6392 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in 6393 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for 6394 section symbols have been adjusted.) 6395 6396 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE 6397 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when 6398 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against 6399 a section symbol we should include the addend in the 6400 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the 6401 location of interest is the original symbol. On the 6402 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not 6403 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an 6404 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The 6405 location of interest is just "sym". */ 6406 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION 6407 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6408 toff += irel->r_addend; 6409 6410 toff 6411 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec, 6412 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info, 6413 toff); 6414 6415 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION 6416 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6417 toff += irel->r_addend; 6418 } 6419 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */ 6420 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6421 toff += irel->r_addend; 6422 6423 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */ 6424 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6425 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr) 6426 || tsec->output_section == NULL 6427 || (tsec->owner != NULL 6428 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0)) 6429 continue; 6430 6431 roff = irel->r_offset; 6432 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff; 6433 6434 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when 6435 relocatable if the output section size is such that a 6436 fixup can be created at final link. 6437 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number 6438 of other fixups being needed at final link. */ 6439 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6440 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff) 6441 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4))) 6442 continue; 6443 6444 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */ 6445 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr 6446 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6447 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during 6448 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */ 6449 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section)) 6450 { 6451 bfd_vma symaddr; 6452 6453 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff; 6454 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset 6455 < 2 * max_branch_offset) 6456 continue; 6457 } 6458 6459 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */ 6460 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next) 6461 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff) 6462 break; 6463 6464 if (f == NULL) 6465 { 6466 size_t size; 6467 unsigned long stub_rtype; 6468 6469 val = trampoff - roff; 6470 if (val >= max_branch_offset) 6471 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add 6472 one. We'll report an error later. */ 6473 continue; 6474 6475 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6476 { 6477 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry); 6478 insn_offset = 12; 6479 } 6480 else 6481 { 6482 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); 6483 insn_offset = 0; 6484 } 6485 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX; 6486 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt 6487 || tsec == htab->glink) 6488 { 6489 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT; 6490 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6491 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24; 6492 } 6493 6494 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two 6495 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */ 6496 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), 6497 stub_rtype); 6498 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset; 6499 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 6500 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) 6501 irel->r_addend = 0; 6502 6503 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */ 6504 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f)); 6505 f->next = branch_fixups; 6506 f->tsec = tsec; 6507 f->toff = toff; 6508 f->trampoff = trampoff; 6509 branch_fixups = f; 6510 6511 trampoff += size; 6512 changes++; 6513 } 6514 else 6515 { 6516 val = f->trampoff - roff; 6517 if (val >= max_branch_offset) 6518 continue; 6519 6520 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */ 6521 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); 6522 } 6523 6524 link_info->callbacks->minfo 6525 (_("%pB: Adjusting branch at 0x%V towards \"%s\" in section %s\n"), 6526 abfd, reladdr, 6527 (h && h->root.root.string? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"), 6528 f->tsec->name); 6529 6530 /* Get the section contents. */ 6531 if (contents == NULL) 6532 { 6533 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */ 6534 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) 6535 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents; 6536 /* Go get them off disk. */ 6537 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents)) 6538 goto error_return; 6539 } 6540 6541 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */ 6542 hit_addr = contents + roff; 6543 switch (r_type) 6544 { 6545 case R_PPC_REL24: 6546 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 6547 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 6548 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); 6549 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc; 6550 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc; 6551 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); 6552 break; 6553 6554 case R_PPC_REL14: 6555 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 6556 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 6557 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); 6558 t0 &= ~0xfffc; 6559 t0 |= val & 0xfffc; 6560 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); 6561 break; 6562 } 6563 } 6564 6565 while (branch_fixups != NULL) 6566 { 6567 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups; 6568 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next; 6569 free (f); 6570 } 6571 } 6572 6573 workaround_change = false; 6574 newsize = trampoff; 6575 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 6576 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6577 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)) 6578 { 6579 bfd_vma addr, end_addr; 6580 unsigned int crossings; 6581 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 6582 6583 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset; 6584 end_addr = addr + trampoff; 6585 addr &= -pagesize; 6586 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2; 6587 if (crossings != 0) 6588 { 6589 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does 6590 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a 6591 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */ 6592 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15); 6593 newsize += crossings * 16; 6594 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize) 6595 { 6596 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize; 6597 workaround_change = true; 6598 } 6599 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */ 6600 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC; 6601 } 6602 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size; 6603 } 6604 6605 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6606 { 6607 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size; 6608 if (picfixup_size != 0) 6609 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size; 6610 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size; 6611 } 6612 6613 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change) 6614 isec->size = newsize; 6615 6616 if (isymbuf != NULL 6617 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) 6618 { 6619 if (! link_info->keep_memory) 6620 free (isymbuf); 6621 else 6622 { 6623 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */ 6624 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; 6625 } 6626 } 6627 6628 if (contents != NULL 6629 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6630 { 6631 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory) 6632 free (contents); 6633 else 6634 { 6635 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ 6636 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; 6637 } 6638 } 6639 6640 changes += picfixup_size; 6641 if (changes != 0) 6642 { 6643 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation 6644 information for the trampolines. */ 6645 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; 6646 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count) 6647 * sizeof (*new_relocs)); 6648 unsigned ix; 6649 6650 if (!new_relocs) 6651 goto error_return; 6652 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs, 6653 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs)); 6654 for (ix = changes; ix--;) 6655 { 6656 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count; 6657 6658 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); 6659 } 6660 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs) 6661 free (internal_relocs); 6662 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs; 6663 isec->reloc_count += changes; 6664 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec); 6665 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize; 6666 } 6667 else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) 6668 free (internal_relocs); 6669 6670 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change; 6671 return true; 6672 6673 error_return: 6674 while (branch_fixups != NULL) 6675 { 6676 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups; 6677 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next; 6678 free (f); 6679 } 6680 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents) 6681 free (isymbuf); 6682 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6683 free (contents); 6684 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) 6685 free (internal_relocs); 6686 return false; 6687 } 6688 6689 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in 6691 discarded sections. */ 6692 6693 static unsigned int 6694 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec) 6695 { 6696 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0) 6697 return 0; 6698 6699 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0) 6700 return 0; 6701 6702 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec); 6703 } 6704 6705 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */ 6707 6708 static bfd_vma 6709 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd, 6710 elf_linker_section_t *lsect, 6711 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 6712 bfd_vma relocation, 6713 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 6714 { 6715 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; 6716 6717 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); 6718 6719 if (h != NULL) 6720 { 6721 /* Handle global symbol. */ 6722 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 6723 6724 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6725 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular); 6726 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer; 6727 } 6728 else 6729 { 6730 /* Handle local symbol. */ 6731 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 6732 6733 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)); 6734 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL); 6735 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx]; 6736 } 6737 6738 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr, 6739 rel->r_addend, 6740 lsect); 6741 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL); 6742 6743 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit 6744 as a "written" flag. */ 6745 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0) 6746 { 6747 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner, 6748 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend, 6749 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset); 6750 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1; 6751 } 6752 6753 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma 6754 + lsect->section->output_offset 6755 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1 6756 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym)); 6757 6758 #ifdef DEBUG 6759 fprintf (stderr, 6760 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n", 6761 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation); 6762 #endif 6763 6764 return relocation; 6765 } 6766 6767 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff) 6768 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff) 6769 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000) 6770 6771 static void 6772 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent, 6773 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p, 6774 struct bfd_link_info *info) 6775 { 6776 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 6777 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd; 6778 bfd_vma plt; 6779 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h); 6780 6781 if (h != NULL 6782 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 6783 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt) 6784 { 6785 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p); 6786 p += 4; 6787 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p); 6788 p += 4; 6789 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p); 6790 p += 4; 6791 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p); 6792 p += 4; 6793 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p); 6794 p += 4; 6795 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p); 6796 p += 4; 6797 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p); 6798 p += 4; 6799 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); 6800 p += 4; 6801 } 6802 6803 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1) 6804 + plt_sec->output_section->vma 6805 + plt_sec->output_offset); 6806 6807 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 6808 { 6809 bfd_vma got = 0; 6810 6811 if (ent->addend >= 32768) 6812 got = (ent->addend 6813 + ent->sec->output_section->vma 6814 + ent->sec->output_offset); 6815 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) 6816 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 6817 6818 plt -= got; 6819 6820 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 6821 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6822 else 6823 { 6824 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p); 6825 p += 4; 6826 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6827 } 6828 } 6829 else 6830 { 6831 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p); 6832 p += 4; 6833 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6834 } 6835 p += 4; 6836 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p); 6837 p += 4; 6838 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); 6839 p += 4; 6840 while (p < end) 6841 { 6842 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p); 6843 p += 4; 6844 } 6845 } 6846 6847 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */ 6848 6849 static bool 6850 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 6851 { 6852 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 6853 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 6854 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL 6855 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL); 6856 } 6857 6858 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return 6859 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If 6860 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */ 6861 6862 unsigned int 6863 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) 6864 { 6865 unsigned int rtra; 6866 6867 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26) 6868 return 0; 6869 6870 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg) 6871 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16)); 6872 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg) 6873 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5); 6874 else 6875 return 0; 6876 6877 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1) 6878 /* add -> addi. */ 6879 insn = 14 << 26; 6880 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1 6881 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6 6882 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6 6883 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6))) 6884 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */ 6885 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26; 6886 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1) 6887 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */ 6888 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1); 6889 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1) 6890 /* lwax -> lwa. */ 6891 insn = (58u << 26) | 2; 6892 else 6893 return 0; 6894 insn |= rtra; 6895 return insn; 6896 } 6897 6898 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return 6899 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the 6900 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */ 6901 6902 unsigned int 6903 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) 6904 { 6905 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16 6906 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ 6907 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */ 6908 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ 6909 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ 6910 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ 6911 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ 6912 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ 6913 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ 6914 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ 6915 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ 6916 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ 6917 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ 6918 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ 6919 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ 6920 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ 6921 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ 6922 && (insn & 3) != 1) 6923 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ 6924 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))) 6925 { 6926 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 6927 } 6928 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21 6929 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */ 6930 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */ 6931 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */)) 6932 { 6933 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21); 6934 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5; 6935 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */) 6936 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */ 6937 } 6938 else 6939 insn = 0; 6940 return insn; 6941 } 6942 6943 static bool 6944 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn) 6945 { 6946 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */ 6947 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */ 6948 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */ 6949 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */); 6950 } 6951 6952 static bool 6953 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn) 6954 { 6955 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */ 6956 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */ 6957 && (insn & 3) == 1)); 6958 } 6959 6960 static bool 6961 swap_reloc_out (bfd *obfd, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, bfd_byte *loc, asection *s) 6962 { 6963 if ((size_t) (loc - s->contents) >= s->size) 6964 return false; 6965 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (obfd, rel, loc); 6966 return true; 6967 } 6968 6969 static bool 6970 count_and_swap_reloc_out (bfd *obfd, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, asection *s) 6971 { 6972 bfd_byte *loc = s->contents; 6973 loc += s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 6974 return swap_reloc_out (obfd, rel, loc, s); 6975 } 6976 6977 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker 6978 to handle the relocations for a section. 6979 6980 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section 6981 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be 6982 zero. 6983 6984 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as 6985 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a 6986 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as 6987 necessary. 6988 6989 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc 6990 address or the reloc symbol index. 6991 6992 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols. 6993 6994 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file 6995 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol. 6996 6997 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found 6998 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd). 6999 7000 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle 7001 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is 7002 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output 7003 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted 7004 accordingly. */ 7005 7006 static int 7007 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, 7008 struct bfd_link_info *info, 7009 bfd *input_bfd, 7010 asection *input_section, 7011 bfd_byte *contents, 7012 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, 7013 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, 7014 asection **local_sections) 7015 { 7016 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 7017 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 7018 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 7019 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 7020 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel; 7021 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; 7022 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; 7023 asection *got2; 7024 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; 7025 bool ret = true; 7026 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0); 7027 bool is_vxworks_tls; 7028 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0; 7029 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL; 7030 7031 #ifdef DEBUG 7032 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, " 7033 "%ld relocations%s", 7034 input_bfd, input_section, 7035 (long) input_section->reloc_count, 7036 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : ""); 7037 #endif 7038 7039 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)) 7040 { 7041 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); 7042 return false; 7043 } 7044 7045 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2"); 7046 7047 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 7048 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 7049 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 7050 7051 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 7052 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); 7053 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); 7054 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); 7055 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections 7056 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */ 7057 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info) 7058 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, 7059 ".tls_vars")); 7060 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET) 7061 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info; 7062 rel = wrel = relocs; 7063 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; 7064 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++) 7065 { 7066 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 7067 bfd_vma addend; 7068 bfd_reloc_status_type r; 7069 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 7070 asection *sec; 7071 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 7072 const char *sym_name; 7073 reloc_howto_type *howto; 7074 unsigned long r_symndx; 7075 bfd_vma relocation; 7076 bfd_vma branch_bit, from; 7077 bool unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc; 7078 bool warned; 7079 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd; 7080 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list; 7081 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto; 7082 7083 again: 7084 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 7085 sym = NULL; 7086 sec = NULL; 7087 h = NULL; 7088 unresolved_reloc = false; 7089 warned = false; 7090 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 7091 7092 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7093 { 7094 sym = local_syms + r_symndx; 7095 sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; 7096 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec); 7097 7098 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); 7099 } 7100 else 7101 { 7102 bool ignored; 7103 7104 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, 7105 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, 7106 h, sec, relocation, 7107 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored); 7108 7109 sym_name = h->root.root.string; 7110 } 7111 7112 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) 7113 { 7114 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections, 7115 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the 7116 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */ 7117 howto = NULL; 7118 if (r_type < R_PPC_max) 7119 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 7120 7121 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section, 7122 contents, rel->r_offset); 7123 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset; 7124 wrel->r_info = 0; 7125 wrel->r_addend = 0; 7126 7127 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against 7128 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for 7129 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the 7130 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */ 7131 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) 7132 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)) 7133 wrel--; 7134 7135 continue; 7136 } 7137 7138 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 7139 { 7140 if (got2 != NULL 7141 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 7142 && rel->r_addend != 0) 7143 { 7144 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the 7145 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */ 7146 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset; 7147 } 7148 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT 7149 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24 7150 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX) 7151 goto copy_reloc; 7152 } 7153 7154 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs 7155 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit 7156 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible 7157 for the final instruction stream. */ 7158 tls_mask = 0; 7159 tls_gd = 0; 7160 if (h != NULL) 7161 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask; 7162 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 7163 { 7164 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 7165 char *lgot_masks; 7166 local_plt 7167 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7168 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7169 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 7170 } 7171 7172 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */ 7173 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3) 7174 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3) 7175 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3) 7176 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3) 7177 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3) 7178 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3) 7179 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3) 7180 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3)) 7181 abort (); 7182 switch (r_type) 7183 { 7184 default: 7185 break; 7186 7187 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 7188 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 7189 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7190 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0 7191 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7192 { 7193 bfd_vma insn; 7194 7195 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7196 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7197 insn &= 31 << 21; 7198 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */ 7199 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, 7200 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7201 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; 7202 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7203 } 7204 break; 7205 7206 case R_PPC_TLS: 7207 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7208 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0 7209 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 7210 { 7211 bfd_vma insn; 7212 7213 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 7214 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2); 7215 if (insn == 0) 7216 abort (); 7217 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 7218 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; 7219 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7220 7221 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now 7222 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */ 7223 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7224 } 7225 break; 7226 7227 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 7228 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 7229 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE; 7230 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 7231 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7232 goto tls_gdld_hi; 7233 break; 7234 7235 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 7236 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 7237 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 7238 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7239 { 7240 tls_gdld_hi: 7241 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) 7242 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) 7243 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); 7244 else 7245 { 7246 rel->r_offset -= d_offset; 7247 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); 7248 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 7249 } 7250 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7251 } 7252 break; 7253 7254 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 7255 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 7256 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE; 7257 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 7258 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7259 goto tls_ldgd_opt; 7260 break; 7261 7262 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 7263 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 7264 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 7265 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7266 { 7267 unsigned int insn1, insn2; 7268 bfd_vma offset; 7269 7270 tls_ldgd_opt: 7271 offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 7272 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark 7273 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call 7274 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next 7275 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with 7276 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */ 7277 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr 7278 && rel + 1 < relend 7279 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1, 7280 htab->tls_get_addr)) 7281 offset = rel[1].r_offset; 7282 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep 7283 the destination reg. It may be something other than 7284 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by 7285 intervening code. */ 7286 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7287 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7288 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) 7289 { 7290 /* IE */ 7291 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16); 7292 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */ 7293 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1 7294 && offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4)) 7295 { 7296 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7297 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ 7298 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7299 } 7300 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) 7301 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); 7302 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7303 } 7304 else 7305 { 7306 /* LE */ 7307 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21; 7308 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */ 7309 if (tls_gd == 0) 7310 { 7311 /* Was an LD reloc. */ 7312 for (r_symndx = 0; 7313 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; 7314 r_symndx++) 7315 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) 7316 break; 7317 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7318 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; 7319 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7320 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) 7321 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value 7322 + sec->output_offset 7323 + sec->output_section->vma); 7324 } 7325 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; 7326 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7327 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1 7328 && offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4)) 7329 { 7330 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); 7331 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset; 7332 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend; 7333 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7334 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7335 } 7336 } 7337 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1, 7338 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7339 if (tls_gd == 0) 7340 { 7341 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over 7342 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */ 7343 goto again; 7344 } 7345 } 7346 break; 7347 7348 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 7349 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 7350 && rel + 1 < relend 7351 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 7352 { 7353 unsigned int insn2; 7354 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset; 7355 7356 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 7357 { 7358 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset); 7359 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7360 break; 7361 } 7362 7363 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0) 7364 { 7365 /* IE */ 7366 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 7367 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ 7368 } 7369 else 7370 { 7371 /* LE */ 7372 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; 7373 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7374 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7375 } 7376 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7377 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7378 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ 7379 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset); 7380 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7381 } 7382 break; 7383 7384 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 7385 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 7386 && rel + 1 < relend 7387 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 7388 { 7389 unsigned int insn2; 7390 7391 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 7392 { 7393 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); 7394 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7395 break; 7396 } 7397 7398 for (r_symndx = 0; 7399 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; 7400 r_symndx++) 7401 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) 7402 break; 7403 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7404 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; 7405 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7406 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) 7407 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value 7408 + sec->output_offset 7409 + sec->output_section->vma); 7410 7411 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); 7412 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7413 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7414 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, 7415 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7416 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ 7417 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset); 7418 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7419 goto again; 7420 } 7421 break; 7422 } 7423 7424 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */ 7425 branch_bit = 0; 7426 switch (r_type) 7427 { 7428 default: 7429 break; 7430 7431 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */ 7432 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 7433 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 7434 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7435 /* Fall through. */ 7436 7437 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */ 7438 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 7439 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 7440 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 7441 { 7442 unsigned int insn; 7443 7444 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 7445 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7446 insn |= branch_bit; 7447 7448 from = (rel->r_offset 7449 + input_section->output_offset 7450 + input_section->output_section->vma); 7451 7452 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */ 7453 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0) 7454 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7455 7456 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 7457 } 7458 break; 7459 7460 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 7461 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7462 { 7463 unsigned int insn; 7464 7465 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7466 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7467 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 7468 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0) 7469 { 7470 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 7471 { 7472 /* Convert addis to lis. */ 7473 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 7474 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, 7475 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7476 } 7477 } 7478 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 7479 info->callbacks->einfo 7480 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"), 7481 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 7482 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn); 7483 } 7484 break; 7485 } 7486 7487 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 7488 && h != NULL 7489 && !h->def_regular 7490 && h->protected_def 7491 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 7492 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo 7493 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 7494 { 7495 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected 7496 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */ 7497 unsigned int insn; 7498 7499 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA 7500 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7501 { 7502 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7503 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7504 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26) 7505 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */) 7506 { 7507 bfd_byte *p; 7508 bfd_vma off; 7509 bfd_vma got_addr; 7510 7511 p = (contents + input_section->size 7512 - relax_info->workaround_size 7513 - relax_info->picfixup_size 7514 + picfixup_size); 7515 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7516 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0) 7517 info->callbacks->einfo 7518 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"), 7519 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); 7520 7521 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off, 7522 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7523 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7524 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7525 + (h->got.offset & ~1)); 7526 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset; 7527 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 7528 wrel->r_addend = got_addr; 7529 insn &= ~0xffff; 7530 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 7531 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 7532 7533 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */ 7534 insn &= ~0xffff; 7535 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26; 7536 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5; 7537 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff; 7538 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4); 7539 7540 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8); 7541 picfixup_size += 12; 7542 7543 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs 7544 output is reasonable. */ 7545 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel)); 7546 wrel++, rel++; 7547 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4; 7548 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 7549 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend; 7550 7551 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output 7552 dynamic reloc. */ 7553 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; 7554 } 7555 else 7556 _bfd_error_handler 7557 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7558 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: " 7559 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"), 7560 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, 7561 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn); 7562 } 7563 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO 7564 && offset_in_range (input_section, 7565 rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 7566 { 7567 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7568 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7569 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ 7570 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ 7571 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ 7572 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ 7573 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ 7574 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ 7575 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ 7576 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ 7577 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ 7578 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ 7579 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ 7580 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ 7581 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ 7582 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ 7583 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ 7584 && (insn & 3) != 1) 7585 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ 7586 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))) 7587 { 7588 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */ 7589 relocation = 0; 7590 unresolved_reloc = false; 7591 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type); 7592 } 7593 else 7594 _bfd_error_handler 7595 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7596 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: " 7597 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"), 7598 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, 7599 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn); 7600 } 7601 } 7602 7603 ifunc = NULL; 7604 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks) 7605 { 7606 struct plt_entry *ent; 7607 7608 if (h != NULL) 7609 { 7610 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 7611 ifunc = &h->plt.plist; 7612 } 7613 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL 7614 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 7615 { 7616 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 7617 7618 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets 7619 + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7620 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx; 7621 } 7622 7623 ent = NULL; 7624 if (ifunc != NULL 7625 && (!bfd_link_pic (info) 7626 || is_branch_reloc (r_type) 7627 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 7628 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 7629 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 7630 { 7631 addend = 0; 7632 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 7633 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 7634 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 7635 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 7636 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 7637 addend = rel->r_addend; 7638 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend); 7639 } 7640 if (ent != NULL) 7641 { 7642 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 7643 && ent->sec != got2 7644 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW 7645 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7646 || h == NULL 7647 || h->dynindx == -1)) 7648 { 7649 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub 7650 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in 7651 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and 7652 apparently are using code compiled with 7653 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code 7654 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend 7655 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or 7656 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far 7657 into .got2). */ 7658 info->callbacks->einfo 7659 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7660 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"), 7661 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name); 7662 } 7663 7664 unresolved_reloc = false; 7665 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 7666 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7667 || h == NULL 7668 || h->dynindx == -1) 7669 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 7670 + htab->glink->output_offset 7671 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1)); 7672 else 7673 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 7674 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 7675 + ent->plt.offset); 7676 } 7677 } 7678 7679 addend = rel->r_addend; 7680 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc; 7681 howto = NULL; 7682 if (r_type < R_PPC_max) 7683 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 7684 7685 tls_type = 0; 7686 switch (r_type) 7687 { 7688 default: 7689 de_fault: 7690 if (howto) 7691 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7692 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), 7693 input_bfd, howto->name); 7694 else 7695 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7696 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: reloc %#x unsupported"), 7697 input_bfd, r_type); 7698 7699 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 7700 ret = false; 7701 goto copy_reloc; 7702 7703 case R_PPC_NONE: 7704 case R_PPC_TLS: 7705 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 7706 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 7707 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: 7708 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 7709 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 7710 goto copy_reloc; 7711 7712 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's 7713 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the 7714 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the 7715 symbol and put the symbol value there. */ 7716 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 7717 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 7718 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 7719 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 7720 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 7721 goto dogot; 7722 7723 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 7724 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 7725 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 7726 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 7727 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 7728 goto dogot; 7729 7730 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 7731 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 7732 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 7733 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 7734 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 7735 goto dogot; 7736 7737 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 7738 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 7739 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: 7740 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 7741 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 7742 goto dogot; 7743 7744 case R_PPC_GOT16: 7745 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 7746 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: 7747 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 7748 tls_mask = 0; 7749 dogot: 7750 { 7751 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global 7752 offset table. */ 7753 bfd_vma off; 7754 bfd_vma *offp; 7755 unsigned long indx; 7756 7757 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) 7758 abort (); 7759 7760 indx = 0; 7761 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD) 7762 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 7763 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset; 7764 else if (h != NULL) 7765 { 7766 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7767 || h->dynindx == -1 7768 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h) 7769 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 7770 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a 7771 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined 7772 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local 7773 because of a version file. */ 7774 ; 7775 else 7776 { 7777 indx = h->dynindx; 7778 unresolved_reloc = false; 7779 } 7780 offp = &h->got.offset; 7781 } 7782 else 7783 { 7784 if (local_got_offsets == NULL) 7785 abort (); 7786 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; 7787 } 7788 7789 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the 7790 least significant bit to record whether we have already 7791 processed this entry. */ 7792 off = *offp; 7793 if ((off & 1) != 0) 7794 off &= ~1; 7795 else 7796 { 7797 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7798 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL 7799 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE) 7800 : 0); 7801 7802 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset) 7803 tls_m = TLS_LD; 7804 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0 7805 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 7806 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; 7807 7808 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym. 7809 Initialize them all. */ 7810 do 7811 { 7812 int tls_ty = 0; 7813 7814 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0) 7815 { 7816 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 7817 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; 7818 } 7819 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0) 7820 { 7821 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 7822 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD; 7823 } 7824 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 7825 { 7826 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 7827 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL; 7828 } 7829 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0) 7830 { 7831 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 7832 tls_m = 0; 7833 } 7834 7835 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */ 7836 if (indx != 0 7837 || (bfd_link_pic (info) 7838 && (h == NULL 7839 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 7840 && !(tls_ty != 0 7841 && bfd_link_executable (info) 7842 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 7843 && (h != NULL 7844 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root) 7845 : sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS))) 7846 { 7847 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot; 7848 7849 if (ifunc != NULL) 7850 { 7851 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt; 7852 if (indx == 0) 7853 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 7854 else if (is_static_defined (h)) 7855 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 7856 } 7857 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7858 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7859 + off); 7860 outrel.r_addend = 0; 7861 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7862 { 7863 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32); 7864 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) 7865 { 7866 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, 7867 &outrel, 7868 rsec)); 7869 outrel.r_offset += 4; 7870 outrel.r_info 7871 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); 7872 } 7873 } 7874 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) 7875 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); 7876 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL)) 7877 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32); 7878 else if (indx != 0) 7879 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT); 7880 else if (ifunc != NULL) 7881 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 7882 else 7883 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 7884 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 7885 { 7886 outrel.r_addend += relocation; 7887 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL)) 7888 { 7889 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) 7890 outrel.r_addend = 0; 7891 else 7892 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma; 7893 } 7894 } 7895 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, 7896 &outrel, rsec)); 7897 } 7898 7899 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not 7900 emitting a reloc. */ 7901 else 7902 { 7903 bfd_vma value = relocation; 7904 7905 if (tls_ty != 0) 7906 { 7907 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) 7908 value = 0; 7909 else 7910 { 7911 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD) 7912 value = 0; 7913 else 7914 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7915 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL) 7916 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET; 7917 } 7918 7919 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7920 { 7921 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value, 7922 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); 7923 value = 1; 7924 } 7925 } 7926 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value, 7927 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); 7928 } 7929 7930 off += 4; 7931 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7932 off += 4; 7933 } 7934 while (tls_m != 0); 7935 7936 off = *offp; 7937 *offp = off | 1; 7938 } 7939 7940 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) 7941 abort (); 7942 7943 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0) 7944 { 7945 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 7946 { 7947 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0 7948 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 7949 off += 8; 7950 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) 7951 { 7952 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) 7953 off += 8; 7954 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) 7955 { 7956 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 7957 off += 4; 7958 } 7959 } 7960 } 7961 } 7962 7963 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */ 7964 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 7965 goto copy_reloc; 7966 7967 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7968 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7969 + off 7970 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot)); 7971 7972 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense. 7973 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is 7974 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the 7975 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */ 7976 if (addend != 0) 7977 info->callbacks->einfo 7978 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7979 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"), 7980 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 7981 howto->name, 7982 sym_name); 7983 } 7984 break; 7985 7986 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */ 7987 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 7988 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation 7989 at a symbol not in this object. */ 7990 if (unresolved_reloc) 7991 { 7992 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info, 7993 h->root.root.string, 7994 input_bfd, 7995 input_section, 7996 rel->r_offset, 7997 true); 7998 goto copy_reloc; 7999 } 8000 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info)) 8001 { 8002 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since 8003 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More 8004 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call 8005 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to 8006 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is 8007 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking 8008 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is 8009 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */ 8010 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8011 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"), 8012 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8013 h->root.root.string); 8014 } 8015 break; 8016 8017 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 8018 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 8019 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: 8020 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 8021 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8022 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 8023 break; 8024 8025 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared 8026 object. */ 8027 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 8028 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 8029 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 8030 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 8031 if (h != NULL 8032 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 8033 && h->dynindx == -1 8034 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 8035 { 8036 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol 8037 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since 8038 code using weak externs ought to check that they are 8039 defined before using them. */ 8040 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset; 8041 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 8042 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2); 8043 if (insn != 0) 8044 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 8045 break; 8046 } 8047 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8048 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; 8049 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared 8050 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in 8051 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */ 8052 goto dodyn; 8053 8054 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 8055 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8056 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; 8057 goto dodyn; 8058 8059 case R_PPC_DTPREL32: 8060 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8061 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 8062 goto dodyn; 8063 8064 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: 8065 relocation = 1; 8066 addend = 0; 8067 goto dodyn; 8068 8069 case R_PPC_REL16: 8070 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 8071 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 8072 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 8073 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 8074 break; 8075 8076 case R_PPC_REL32: 8077 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) 8078 break; 8079 /* fall through */ 8080 8081 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 8082 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 8083 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 8084 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: 8085 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 8086 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 8087 case R_PPC_UADDR16: 8088 goto dodyn; 8089 8090 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8: 8091 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15: 8092 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24: 8093 case R_PPC_REL24: 8094 case R_PPC_REL14: 8095 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 8096 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 8097 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be 8098 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */ 8099 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 8100 || h == htab->elf.hgot) 8101 break; 8102 /* fall through */ 8103 8104 case R_PPC_ADDR24: 8105 case R_PPC_ADDR14: 8106 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 8107 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 8108 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 8109 break; 8110 /* fall through */ 8111 8112 dodyn: 8113 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 8114 || is_vxworks_tls) 8115 break; 8116 8117 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 8118 ? ((h == NULL 8119 || h->dyn_relocs != NULL) 8120 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h)) 8121 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))) 8122 : (h != NULL 8123 && h->dyn_relocs != NULL)) 8124 { 8125 int skip; 8126 asection *sreloc; 8127 long indx = 0; 8128 8129 #ifdef DEBUG 8130 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to " 8131 "create relocation for %s\n", 8132 (h && h->root.root.string 8133 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); 8134 #endif 8135 8136 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations 8137 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run 8138 time. */ 8139 skip = 0; 8140 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, 8141 input_section, 8142 rel->r_offset); 8143 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1 8144 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) 8145 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset; 8146 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma 8147 + input_section->output_offset); 8148 8149 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */ 8150 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0) 8151 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0)) 8152 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32; 8153 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0) 8154 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0)) 8155 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16; 8156 8157 if (skip) 8158 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); 8159 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 8160 { 8161 indx = h->dynindx; 8162 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1); 8163 unresolved_reloc = false; 8164 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); 8165 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend; 8166 } 8167 else 8168 { 8169 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend; 8170 8171 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32) 8172 { 8173 if (ifunc != NULL) 8174 { 8175 /* If we get here when building a static 8176 executable, then the libc startup function 8177 responsible for applying indirect function 8178 relocations is going to complain about 8179 the reloc type. 8180 If we get here when building a dynamic 8181 executable, it will be because we have 8182 a text relocation. The dynamic loader 8183 will set the text segment writable and 8184 non-executable to apply text relocations. 8185 So we'll segfault when trying to run the 8186 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */ 8187 info->callbacks->einfo 8188 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8189 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect " 8190 "function %s unsupported\n"), 8191 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8192 howto->name, 8193 sym_name); 8194 ret = false; 8195 } 8196 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) 8197 ; 8198 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) 8199 { 8200 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8201 ret = false; 8202 } 8203 else 8204 { 8205 asection *osec; 8206 8207 /* We are turning this relocation into one 8208 against a section symbol. It would be 8209 proper to subtract the symbol's value, 8210 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend, 8211 but ld.so expects buggy relocs. 8212 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */ 8213 osec = sec->output_section; 8214 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) 8215 { 8216 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec; 8217 indx = 0; 8218 } 8219 else 8220 { 8221 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; 8222 if (indx == 0) 8223 { 8224 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section; 8225 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; 8226 } 8227 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0); 8228 } 8229 8230 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs. 8231 Don't leave the symbol value in the 8232 addend for them. */ 8233 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type)) 8234 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma; 8235 } 8236 8237 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); 8238 } 8239 else if (ifunc != NULL) 8240 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 8241 else 8242 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 8243 } 8244 8245 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; 8246 if (ifunc) 8247 { 8248 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 8249 if (indx == 0) 8250 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 8251 else if (is_static_defined (h)) 8252 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 8253 } 8254 if (sreloc == NULL) 8255 return false; 8256 8257 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, 8258 sreloc)); 8259 8260 if (skip == -1) 8261 goto copy_reloc; 8262 8263 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory 8264 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */ 8265 if (!skip) 8266 { 8267 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0; 8268 addend = 0; 8269 break; 8270 } 8271 } 8272 break; 8273 8274 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: 8275 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: 8276 if (h != NULL) 8277 { 8278 struct plt_entry *ent; 8279 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0; 8280 8281 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) 8282 { 8283 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8284 got2_addend = addend; 8285 addend = 0; 8286 } 8287 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend); 8288 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 8289 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 8290 + htab->glink->output_offset 8291 + ent->glink_offset); 8292 else 8293 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 8294 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 8295 + ent->plt.offset); 8296 } 8297 /* Fall through. */ 8298 8299 case R_PPC_RELAX: 8300 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 8301 ? offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - 12, 8302 ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) * 4) 8303 : offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 8304 ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry) * 4)) 8305 { 8306 const int *stub; 8307 size_t size; 8308 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset; 8309 unsigned int insn; 8310 8311 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8312 { 8313 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma 8314 + input_section->output_offset 8315 + rel->r_offset - 4); 8316 stub = shared_stub_entry; 8317 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12); 8318 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8); 8319 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4); 8320 stub += 3; 8321 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3; 8322 } 8323 else 8324 { 8325 stub = stub_entry; 8326 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); 8327 } 8328 8329 relocation += addend; 8330 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 8331 relocation = 0; 8332 8333 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */ 8334 insn = *stub++; 8335 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 8336 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8337 insn_offset += 4; 8338 8339 insn = *stub++; 8340 insn |= relocation & 0xffff; 8341 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8342 insn_offset += 4; 8343 size -= 2; 8344 8345 while (size != 0) 8346 { 8347 insn = *stub++; 8348 --size; 8349 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8350 insn_offset += 4; 8351 } 8352 8353 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop 8354 relocs to describe this relocation. */ 8355 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE); 8356 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */ 8357 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset; 8358 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 8359 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend; 8360 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel)); 8361 wrel++, rel++; 8362 wrel->r_offset += 4; 8363 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 8364 } 8365 else 8366 goto de_fault; 8367 continue; 8368 8369 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ 8370 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: 8371 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL); 8372 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym)) 8373 { 8374 unresolved_reloc = true; 8375 break; 8376 } 8377 relocation 8378 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0], 8379 h, relocation, rel); 8380 addend = 0; 8381 break; 8382 8383 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ 8384 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: 8385 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL); 8386 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym)) 8387 { 8388 unresolved_reloc = true; 8389 break; 8390 } 8391 relocation 8392 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1], 8393 h, relocation, rel); 8394 addend = 0; 8395 break; 8396 8397 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got 8398 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating 8399 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the 8400 AIX .toc section. */ 8401 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */ 8402 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8403 { 8404 unresolved_reloc = true; 8405 break; 8406 } 8407 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0 8408 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0); 8409 8410 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000; 8411 break; 8412 8413 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 8414 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL) 8415 { 8416 struct plt_entry *ent; 8417 8418 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, 8419 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0); 8420 if (ent == NULL 8421 || htab->elf.splt == NULL) 8422 { 8423 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This 8424 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when 8425 using -Bsymbolic. */ 8426 } 8427 else 8428 { 8429 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the 8430 procedure linkage table. */ 8431 unresolved_reloc = false; 8432 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 8433 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 8434 + htab->glink->output_offset 8435 + ent->glink_offset); 8436 else 8437 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 8438 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 8439 + ent->plt.offset); 8440 } 8441 } 8442 8443 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the 8444 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. 8445 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */ 8446 addend = 0; 8447 break; 8448 8449 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 8450 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 8451 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 8452 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: 8453 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8454 plt_list = NULL; 8455 if (h != NULL) 8456 plt_list = &h->plt.plist; 8457 else if (ifunc != NULL) 8458 plt_list = ifunc; 8459 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 8460 { 8461 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 8462 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets 8463 + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 8464 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx; 8465 } 8466 unresolved_reloc = true; 8467 if (plt_list != NULL) 8468 { 8469 struct plt_entry *ent; 8470 8471 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2, 8472 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0); 8473 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 8474 { 8475 asection *plt; 8476 8477 unresolved_reloc = false; 8478 plt = htab->elf.splt; 8479 if (use_local_plt (info, h)) 8480 { 8481 if (ifunc != NULL) 8482 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 8483 else 8484 plt = htab->pltlocal; 8485 } 8486 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma 8487 + plt->output_offset 8488 + ent->plt.offset); 8489 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8490 { 8491 bfd_vma got = 0; 8492 8493 if (ent->addend >= 32768) 8494 got = (ent->addend 8495 + ent->sec->output_section->vma 8496 + ent->sec->output_offset); 8497 else 8498 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 8499 relocation -= got; 8500 } 8501 } 8502 } 8503 addend = 0; 8504 break; 8505 8506 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */ 8507 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 8508 { 8509 const char *name; 8510 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8511 8512 if (sec == NULL 8513 || sec->output_section == NULL 8514 || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8515 { 8516 unresolved_reloc = true; 8517 break; 8518 } 8519 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8520 8521 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8522 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8523 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)) 8524 { 8525 _bfd_error_handler 8526 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8527 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8528 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8529 input_bfd, 8530 sym_name, 8531 howto->name, 8532 name); 8533 } 8534 } 8535 break; 8536 8537 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */ 8538 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: 8539 { 8540 const char *name; 8541 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8542 8543 if (sec == NULL 8544 || sec->output_section == NULL 8545 || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8546 { 8547 unresolved_reloc = true; 8548 break; 8549 } 8550 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8551 8552 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8553 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8554 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)) 8555 { 8556 _bfd_error_handler 8557 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8558 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8559 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8560 input_bfd, 8561 sym_name, 8562 howto->name, 8563 name); 8564 } 8565 } 8566 break; 8567 8568 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A: 8569 relocation = relocation + addend; 8570 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8571 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8572 split16a_type, 8573 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8574 goto report_reloc; 8575 8576 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D: 8577 relocation = relocation + addend; 8578 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8579 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8580 split16d_type, 8581 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8582 goto report_reloc; 8583 8584 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A: 8585 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16; 8586 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8587 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8588 split16a_type, 8589 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8590 goto report_reloc; 8591 8592 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D: 8593 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16; 8594 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8595 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8596 split16d_type, 8597 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8598 goto report_reloc; 8599 8600 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A: 8601 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16; 8602 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8603 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8604 split16a_type, 8605 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8606 goto report_reloc; 8607 8608 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D: 8609 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16; 8610 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8611 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8612 split16d_type, 8613 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8614 goto report_reloc; 8615 8616 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */ 8617 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: 8618 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21: 8619 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: 8620 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: 8621 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 8622 { 8623 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; 8624 goto report_reloc; 8625 } 8626 else 8627 { 8628 const char *name; 8629 int reg; 8630 unsigned int insn; 8631 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; 8632 8633 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8634 { 8635 unresolved_reloc = true; 8636 break; 8637 } 8638 8639 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8640 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8641 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 8642 { 8643 reg = 13; 8644 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8645 } 8646 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8647 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0) 8648 { 8649 reg = 2; 8650 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8651 } 8652 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0 8653 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0) 8654 { 8655 reg = 0; 8656 } 8657 else 8658 { 8659 _bfd_error_handler 8660 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8661 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8662 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8663 input_bfd, 8664 sym_name, 8665 howto->name, 8666 name); 8667 8668 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8669 ret = false; 8670 goto copy_reloc; 8671 } 8672 8673 if (sda != NULL) 8674 { 8675 if (!is_static_defined (sda)) 8676 { 8677 unresolved_reloc = true; 8678 break; 8679 } 8680 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8681 } 8682 8683 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA) 8684 break; 8685 8686 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface 8687 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 8688 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and 8689 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on 8690 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file 8691 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in 8692 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */ 8693 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21) 8694 rel->r_offset &= ~1; 8695 8696 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 8697 if (reg == 0 8698 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 8699 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO)) 8700 { 8701 relocation = relocation + addend; 8702 addend = 0; 8703 8704 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */ 8705 insn &= 0x1f << 21; 8706 insn |= 28u << 26; 8707 8708 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */ 8709 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */ 8710 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5; 8711 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */ 8712 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5; 8713 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */ 8714 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff; 8715 8716 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 8717 8718 r = bfd_reloc_ok; 8719 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 8720 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000) 8721 r = bfd_reloc_overflow; 8722 goto report_reloc; 8723 } 8724 /* Fill in register field. */ 8725 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT); 8726 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 8727 } 8728 break; 8729 8730 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 8731 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 8732 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 8733 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 8734 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 8735 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 8736 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 8737 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; 8738 else 8739 { 8740 bfd_vma value; 8741 const char *name; 8742 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; 8743 8744 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8745 { 8746 unresolved_reloc = true; 8747 break; 8748 } 8749 8750 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section); 8751 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8752 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 8753 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8754 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8755 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0) 8756 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8757 else 8758 { 8759 _bfd_error_handler 8760 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8761 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8762 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8763 input_bfd, 8764 sym_name, 8765 howto->name, 8766 name); 8767 8768 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8769 ret = false; 8770 goto copy_reloc; 8771 } 8772 8773 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8774 { 8775 unresolved_reloc = true; 8776 break; 8777 } 8778 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda); 8779 8780 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A) 8781 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, 8782 rel->r_offset, 8783 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8784 split16a_type, 8785 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8786 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D) 8787 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, 8788 rel->r_offset, 8789 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8790 split16d_type, 8791 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8792 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A) 8793 { 8794 value = value >> 16; 8795 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, 8796 rel->r_offset, 8797 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8798 split16a_type, 8799 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8800 } 8801 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D) 8802 { 8803 value = value >> 16; 8804 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, 8805 rel->r_offset, 8806 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8807 split16d_type, 8808 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8809 } 8810 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A) 8811 { 8812 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16; 8813 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, 8814 rel->r_offset, 8815 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8816 split16a_type, 8817 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8818 } 8819 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D) 8820 { 8821 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16; 8822 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, 8823 rel->r_offset, 8824 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8825 split16d_type, 8826 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8827 } 8828 else 8829 abort (); 8830 } 8831 goto report_reloc; 8832 8833 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20: 8834 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 8835 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; 8836 else 8837 { 8838 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, 8839 relocation); 8840 r = bfd_reloc_ok; 8841 } 8842 goto report_reloc; 8843 8844 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */ 8845 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 8846 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 8847 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: 8848 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 8849 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8850 { 8851 unresolved_reloc = true; 8852 break; 8853 } 8854 addend -= sec->output_section->vma; 8855 break; 8856 8857 /* Negative relocations. */ 8858 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: 8859 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: 8860 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: 8861 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: 8862 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 8863 addend -= 2 * relocation; 8864 break; 8865 8866 case R_PPC_COPY: 8867 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: 8868 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 8869 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 8870 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: 8871 case R_PPC_PLT32: 8872 case R_PPC_PLTREL32: 8873 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 8874 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: 8875 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: 8876 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: 8877 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 8878 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: 8879 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8880 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), 8881 input_bfd, howto->name); 8882 8883 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); 8884 ret = false; 8885 goto copy_reloc; 8886 } 8887 8888 switch (r_type) 8889 { 8890 default: 8891 break; 8892 8893 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 8894 if (htab->do_tls_opt 8895 && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000 8896 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4)) 8897 8898 { 8899 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 8900 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); 8901 } 8902 break; 8903 8904 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 8905 if (htab->do_tls_opt 8906 && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000 8907 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4)) 8908 { 8909 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 8910 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 8911 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 8912 insn |= 2 << 16; 8913 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 8914 } 8915 break; 8916 } 8917 8918 switch (r_type) 8919 { 8920 default: 8921 break; 8922 8923 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 8924 if (unresolved_reloc) 8925 { 8926 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 8927 { 8928 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset; 8929 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 8930 insn &= 1; 8931 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p); 8932 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc; 8933 r_type = R_PPC_REL24; 8934 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 8935 } 8936 } 8937 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 8938 info->callbacks->einfo 8939 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"), 8940 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8941 howto->name); 8942 break; 8943 8944 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 8945 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8946 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 8947 if (unresolved_reloc) 8948 { 8949 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4)) 8950 { 8951 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 8952 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); 8953 unresolved_reloc = false; 8954 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 8955 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 8956 } 8957 } 8958 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 8959 info->callbacks->einfo 8960 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"), 8961 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8962 howto->name); 8963 break; 8964 } 8965 8966 /* Do any further special processing. */ 8967 switch (r_type) 8968 { 8969 default: 8970 break; 8971 8972 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 8973 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 8974 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 8975 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 8976 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 8977 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 8978 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 8979 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 8980 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol 8981 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case, 8982 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol 8983 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */ 8984 if (sec == NULL) 8985 break; 8986 /* Fall through. */ 8987 8988 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8989 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 8990 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 8991 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 8992 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 8993 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 8994 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set. 8995 Bits 0:15 are not used. */ 8996 addend += 0x8000; 8997 break; 8998 8999 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 9000 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 9001 case R_PPC_GOT16: 9002 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 9003 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 9004 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 9005 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 9006 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 9007 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 9008 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 9009 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 9010 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 9011 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 9012 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 9013 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 9014 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 9015 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 9016 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 9017 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 9018 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4)) 9019 { 9020 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with 9021 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits 9022 that make up part of the insn opcode. */ 9023 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit; 9024 9025 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 9026 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 9027 mask = 0; 9028 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn)) 9029 mask = 3; 9030 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn)) 9031 mask = 15; 9032 else 9033 break; 9034 relocation += addend; 9035 addend = insn & mask; 9036 lobit = mask & relocation; 9037 if (lobit != 0) 9038 { 9039 relocation ^= lobit; 9040 info->callbacks->einfo 9041 /* xgettext:c-format */ 9042 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"), 9043 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 9044 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1); 9045 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 9046 ret = false; 9047 } 9048 } 9049 break; 9050 } 9051 9052 #ifdef DEBUG 9053 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, " 9054 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n", 9055 howto->name, 9056 (int) r_type, 9057 sym_name, 9058 r_symndx, 9059 (long) rel->r_offset, 9060 (long) addend); 9061 #endif 9062 9063 if (unresolved_reloc 9064 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 9065 && h->def_dynamic) 9066 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, 9067 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1) 9068 { 9069 info->callbacks->einfo 9070 /* xgettext:c-format */ 9071 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"), 9072 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 9073 howto->name, 9074 sym_name); 9075 ret = false; 9076 } 9077 9078 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a 9079 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should 9080 have different reloc types. */ 9081 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont 9082 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff 9083 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0 9084 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4)) 9085 { 9086 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed; 9087 9088 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0) 9089 { 9090 unsigned int insn; 9091 9092 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3)); 9093 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */) 9094 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield; 9095 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */ 9096 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */ 9097 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */) 9098 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned; 9099 } 9100 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain) 9101 { 9102 alt_howto = *howto; 9103 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain; 9104 howto = &alt_howto; 9105 } 9106 } 9107 9108 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA) 9109 { 9110 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */ 9111 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4)) 9112 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; 9113 else 9114 { 9115 unsigned int insn; 9116 9117 relocation += addend; 9118 relocation -= (rel->r_offset 9119 + input_section->output_offset 9120 + input_section->output_section->vma); 9121 relocation >>= 16; 9122 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 9123 insn &= ~0x1fffc1; 9124 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15); 9125 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 9126 r = bfd_reloc_ok; 9127 } 9128 } 9129 else 9130 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, 9131 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend); 9132 9133 report_reloc: 9134 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) 9135 { 9136 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow) 9137 { 9138 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow 9139 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */ 9140 if (!warned 9141 && !(h != NULL 9142 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 9143 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) 9144 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))) 9145 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow 9146 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name, 9147 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); 9148 } 9149 else 9150 { 9151 info->callbacks->einfo 9152 /* xgettext:c-format */ 9153 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"), 9154 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 9155 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r); 9156 ret = false; 9157 } 9158 } 9159 copy_reloc: 9160 if (wrel != rel) 9161 *wrel = *rel; 9162 } 9163 9164 if (wrel != rel) 9165 { 9166 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; 9167 size_t deleted = rel - wrel; 9168 9169 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section); 9170 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; 9171 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0) 9172 { 9173 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave 9174 one NONE reloc. 9175 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */ 9176 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize; 9177 deleted -= 1; 9178 wrel++; 9179 } 9180 relend = wrel; 9181 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section); 9182 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; 9183 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted; 9184 } 9185 9186 #ifdef DEBUG 9187 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); 9188 #endif 9189 9190 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET 9191 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize 9192 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 9193 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0)) 9194 { 9195 /* Branch around the trampolines. */ 9196 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize; 9197 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize); 9198 } 9199 9200 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 9201 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET 9202 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) 9203 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power 9204 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))) 9205 { 9206 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr; 9207 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 9208 9209 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0) 9210 { 9211 bfd_byte *p; 9212 unsigned int n; 9213 bfd_byte fill[4]; 9214 9215 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill); 9216 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size; 9217 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2; 9218 while (n--) 9219 { 9220 memcpy (p, fill, 4); 9221 p += 4; 9222 } 9223 } 9224 9225 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a 9226 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a 9227 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by 9228 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not 9229 wanting to touch data-in-text. */ 9230 9231 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma 9232 + input_section->output_offset); 9233 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size 9234 - relax_info->workaround_size); 9235 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4); 9236 addr < end_addr; 9237 addr += pagesize) 9238 { 9239 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr; 9240 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi; 9241 bool is_data; 9242 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr; 9243 unsigned int insn; 9244 9245 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave 9246 the word alone. */ 9247 is_data = false; 9248 lo = relocs; 9249 hi = relend; 9250 rel = NULL; 9251 while (lo < hi) 9252 { 9253 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2; 9254 if (rel->r_offset < offset) 9255 lo = rel + 1; 9256 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3) 9257 hi = rel; 9258 else 9259 { 9260 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 9261 { 9262 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 9263 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 9264 case R_PPC_REL32: 9265 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 9266 is_data = true; 9267 break; 9268 default: 9269 break; 9270 } 9271 break; 9272 } 9273 } 9274 if (is_data) 9275 continue; 9276 9277 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional 9278 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl), 9279 avoid the icache failure. 9280 9281 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary 9282 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next 9283 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad 9284 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The 9285 unconditional branches: 9286 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla, 9287 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla, 9288 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl, 9289 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional, 9290 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is 9291 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the 9292 instruction is not executed. 9293 9294 A bctr example: 9295 . 9296 . lis 9,new_page@ha 9297 . addi 9,9,new_page@l 9298 . mtctr 9 9299 . bctr 9300 . nop 9301 . nop 9302 . new_page: 9303 . 9304 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being 9305 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the 9306 new page which might have stale instructions. If they 9307 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the 9308 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications 9309 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first 9310 place: 9311 . 9312 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha 9313 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l 9314 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9 9315 . bctr bctr 9316 . nop b somewhere_else 9317 . b somewhere_else nop 9318 . new_page: new_page: 9319 . */ 9320 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset); 9321 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */ 9322 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/ 9323 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */ 9324 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26) 9325 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */ 9326 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */ 9327 continue; 9328 9329 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size 9330 - relax_info->workaround_size); 9331 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16; 9332 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr; 9333 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset); 9334 9335 if (rel != NULL 9336 && rel->r_offset >= offset 9337 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4) 9338 { 9339 asection *sreloc; 9340 9341 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the 9342 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved 9343 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */ 9344 if (rel + 1 != relend) 9345 { 9346 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel; 9347 9348 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */ 9349 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel)); 9350 relend[-1] = tmp; 9351 } 9352 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset; 9353 9354 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */ 9355 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info)) 9356 { 9357 case R_PPC_REL16: 9358 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 9359 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 9360 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 9361 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset; 9362 break; 9363 default: 9364 break; 9365 } 9366 9367 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with 9368 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too? 9369 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */ 9370 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; 9371 if (sreloc != NULL) 9372 { 9373 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend; 9374 bfd_vma soffset; 9375 9376 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents; 9377 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count; 9378 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma 9379 + input_section->output_offset); 9380 while (slo < shi) 9381 { 9382 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2; 9383 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel, 9384 &outrel); 9385 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset) 9386 slo = srel + 1; 9387 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3) 9388 shi = srel; 9389 else 9390 { 9391 if (srel + 1 != srelend) 9392 { 9393 memmove (srel, srel + 1, 9394 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel)); 9395 srel = srelend - 1; 9396 } 9397 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset; 9398 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, 9399 (bfd_byte *) srel); 9400 break; 9401 } 9402 } 9403 } 9404 } 9405 else 9406 rel = NULL; 9407 9408 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */ 9409 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */) 9410 { 9411 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; 9412 9413 delta += offset - patch_off; 9414 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL) 9415 delta = 0; 9416 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL) 9417 { 9418 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 9419 9420 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info); 9421 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN) 9422 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9423 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN) 9424 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9425 else 9426 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14); 9427 9428 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN 9429 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN) 9430 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000 9431 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0) 9432 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9433 } 9434 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 9435 { 9436 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9437 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc), 9438 contents + patch_off); 9439 patch_off += 4; 9440 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9441 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9442 contents + patch_off); 9443 patch_off += 4; 9444 } 9445 else 9446 { 9447 if (rel != NULL) 9448 { 9449 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info); 9450 9451 relend[-1].r_offset += 8; 9452 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24); 9453 } 9454 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9455 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8, 9456 contents + patch_off); 9457 patch_off += 4; 9458 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9459 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9460 contents + patch_off); 9461 patch_off += 4; 9462 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9463 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc), 9464 contents + patch_off); 9465 patch_off += 4; 9466 } 9467 } 9468 else 9469 { 9470 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off); 9471 patch_off += 4; 9472 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9473 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9474 contents + patch_off); 9475 patch_off += 4; 9476 } 9477 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size); 9478 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off; 9479 } 9480 } 9481 9482 return ret; 9483 } 9484 9485 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */ 9487 9488 static bool 9489 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) 9490 { 9491 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; 9492 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9493 struct plt_entry *ent; 9494 bool doneone; 9495 9496 doneone = false; 9497 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9498 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9499 { 9500 bool dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h); 9501 9502 if (!doneone) 9503 { 9504 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9505 bfd_byte *loc; 9506 bfd_vma reloc_index; 9507 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt; 9508 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt; 9509 9510 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn) 9511 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4; 9512 else 9513 { 9514 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 9515 / htab->plt_slot_size); 9516 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 9517 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 9518 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2; 9519 } 9520 9521 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. 9522 Set it up. */ 9523 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS && dyn) 9524 { 9525 bfd_vma got_offset; 9526 const bfd_vma *plt_entry; 9527 9528 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */ 9529 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4; 9530 9531 /* Use the right PLT. */ 9532 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry 9533 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry; 9534 9535 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */ 9536 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 9537 { 9538 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9539 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset), 9540 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); 9541 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9542 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset), 9543 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); 9544 } 9545 else 9546 { 9547 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 9548 9549 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9550 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc), 9551 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); 9552 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9553 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc), 9554 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); 9555 } 9556 9557 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2], 9558 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8); 9559 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3], 9560 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12); 9561 9562 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is 9563 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the 9564 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the 9565 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */ 9566 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a 9567 prescaled offset. */ 9568 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9569 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index, 9570 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16); 9571 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is 9572 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch 9573 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry. 9574 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value 9575 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit 9576 offset. */ 9577 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9578 (plt_entry[5] 9579 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)), 9580 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20); 9581 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6], 9582 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24); 9583 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7], 9584 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28); 9585 9586 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with 9587 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction 9588 in this PLT entry. */ 9589 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma 9590 + plt->output_offset 9591 + ent->plt.offset + 16), 9592 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset); 9593 9594 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 9595 { 9596 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */ 9597 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents 9598 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index 9599 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS) 9600 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9601 9602 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ 9603 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9604 + plt->output_offset 9605 + ent->plt.offset + 2); 9606 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, 9607 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 9608 rela.r_addend = got_offset; 9609 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc, 9610 htab->srelplt2)); 9611 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9612 9613 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ 9614 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9615 + plt->output_offset 9616 + ent->plt.offset + 6); 9617 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, 9618 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 9619 rela.r_addend = got_offset; 9620 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc, 9621 htab->srelplt2)); 9622 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9623 9624 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this 9625 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */ 9626 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma 9627 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset 9628 + got_offset); 9629 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, 9630 R_PPC_ADDR32); 9631 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16; 9632 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc, 9633 htab->srelplt2)); 9634 } 9635 9636 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT. 9637 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the 9638 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified 9639 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of 9640 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */ 9641 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma 9642 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset 9643 + got_offset); 9644 rela.r_addend = 0; 9645 } 9646 else 9647 { 9648 rela.r_addend = 0; 9649 if (!dyn) 9650 { 9651 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9652 { 9653 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9654 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; 9655 } 9656 else 9657 { 9658 plt = htab->pltlocal; 9659 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL; 9660 } 9661 if (h->def_regular 9662 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 9663 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) 9664 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h); 9665 } 9666 9667 if (relplt == NULL) 9668 { 9669 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; 9670 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc); 9671 } 9672 else 9673 { 9674 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9675 + plt->output_offset 9676 + ent->plt.offset); 9677 9678 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD || !dyn) 9679 { 9680 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic 9681 linker will fill it in. */ 9682 } 9683 else 9684 { 9685 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset 9686 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 9687 + htab->glink->output_offset); 9688 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, 9689 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset); 9690 } 9691 } 9692 } 9693 9694 if (relplt != NULL) 9695 { 9696 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */ 9697 if (!dyn) 9698 { 9699 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9700 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 9701 else 9702 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 9703 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++ 9704 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9705 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9706 } 9707 else 9708 { 9709 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT); 9710 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index 9711 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9712 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h)) 9713 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9714 } 9715 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, 9716 loc, relplt)); 9717 } 9718 doneone = true; 9719 } 9720 9721 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn) 9722 { 9723 unsigned char *p; 9724 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt; 9725 9726 if (!dyn) 9727 { 9728 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9729 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9730 else 9731 break; 9732 } 9733 9734 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset; 9735 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info); 9736 9737 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 9738 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */ 9739 break; 9740 } 9741 else 9742 break; 9743 } 9744 return true; 9745 } 9746 9747 /* Finish up PLT handling. */ 9748 9749 bool 9750 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info) 9751 { 9752 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9753 bfd *ibfd; 9754 9755 if (!htab) 9756 return true; 9757 9758 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info); 9759 9760 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 9761 { 9762 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got; 9763 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt; 9764 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 9765 bfd_size_type locsymcount; 9766 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL; 9767 struct plt_entry *ent; 9768 9769 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 9770 continue; 9771 9772 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd); 9773 if (!local_got) 9774 continue; 9775 9776 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 9777 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 9778 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; 9779 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; 9780 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; 9781 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt) 9782 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9783 { 9784 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9785 { 9786 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 9787 asection *sym_sec; 9788 asection *plt, *relplt; 9789 bfd_byte *loc; 9790 bfd_vma val; 9791 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9792 unsigned char *p; 9793 9794 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, 9795 lplt - local_plt, ibfd)) 9796 { 9797 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 9798 free (local_syms); 9799 return false; 9800 } 9801 9802 val = sym->st_value; 9803 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) 9804 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma; 9805 9806 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9807 { 9808 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9809 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9810 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; 9811 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 9812 } 9813 else 9814 { 9815 plt = htab->pltlocal; 9816 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 9817 { 9818 relplt = htab->relpltlocal; 9819 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 9820 } 9821 else 9822 { 9823 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; 9824 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc); 9825 continue; 9826 } 9827 } 9828 9829 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset 9830 + plt->output_offset 9831 + plt->output_section->vma); 9832 rela.r_addend = val; 9833 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, 9834 relplt)); 9835 9836 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset; 9837 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info); 9838 } 9839 } 9840 9841 if (local_syms != NULL 9842 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 9843 { 9844 if (!info->keep_memory) 9845 free (local_syms); 9846 else 9847 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; 9848 } 9849 } 9850 return true; 9851 } 9852 9853 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various 9854 dynamic sections here. */ 9855 9856 static bool 9857 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, 9858 struct bfd_link_info *info, 9859 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 9860 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 9861 { 9862 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9863 struct plt_entry *ent; 9864 9865 #ifdef DEBUG 9866 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s", 9867 h->root.root.string); 9868 #endif 9869 9870 if (!h->def_regular 9871 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info))) 9872 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9873 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9874 { 9875 if (!h->def_regular) 9876 { 9877 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as 9878 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if 9879 there were any relocations where pointer equality 9880 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to 9881 make function pointer comparisons work between an 9882 application and shared library), otherwise set it 9883 to zero. */ 9884 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; 9885 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) 9886 sym->st_value = 0; 9887 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak) 9888 { 9889 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but 9890 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL 9891 function pointer. */ 9892 sym->st_value = 0; 9893 } 9894 } 9895 else 9896 { 9897 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie 9898 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid 9899 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in 9900 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic 9901 function symbols with plt entries, because we need 9902 to keep the original value around for the ifunc 9903 relocation. */ 9904 sym->st_shndx 9905 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section 9906 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section)); 9907 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset 9908 + htab->glink->output_offset 9909 + htab->glink->output_section->vma); 9910 } 9911 break; 9912 } 9913 9914 if (h->needs_copy) 9915 { 9916 asection *s; 9917 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9918 9919 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ 9920 9921 #ifdef DEBUG 9922 fprintf (stderr, ", copy"); 9923 #endif 9924 9925 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); 9926 9927 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 9928 s = htab->relsbss; 9929 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro) 9930 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; 9931 else 9932 s = htab->elf.srelbss; 9933 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 9934 9935 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h); 9936 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY); 9937 rela.r_addend = 0; 9938 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rela, s)); 9939 } 9940 9941 #ifdef DEBUG 9942 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); 9943 #endif 9944 9945 return true; 9946 } 9947 9948 static enum elf_reloc_type_class 9950 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info, 9951 const asection *rel_sec, 9952 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) 9953 { 9954 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9955 9956 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt) 9957 return reloc_class_ifunc; 9958 9959 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) 9960 { 9961 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 9962 return reloc_class_relative; 9963 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 9964 return reloc_class_plt; 9965 case R_PPC_COPY: 9966 return reloc_class_copy; 9967 default: 9968 return reloc_class_normal; 9969 } 9970 } 9971 9972 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ 9974 9975 static bool 9976 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 9977 struct bfd_link_info *info) 9978 { 9979 asection *sdyn; 9980 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 9981 bfd_vma got; 9982 bfd *dynobj; 9983 bool ret = true; 9984 9985 #ifdef DEBUG 9986 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n"); 9987 #endif 9988 9989 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9990 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; 9991 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic"); 9992 9993 got = 0; 9994 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) 9995 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 9996 9997 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 9998 { 9999 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; 10000 10001 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL); 10002 10003 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; 10004 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); 10005 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) 10006 { 10007 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 10008 asection *s; 10009 10010 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); 10011 10012 switch (dyn.d_tag) 10013 { 10014 case DT_PLTGOT: 10015 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks) 10016 s = htab->elf.sgotplt; 10017 else 10018 s = htab->elf.splt; 10019 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 10020 break; 10021 10022 case DT_PLTRELSZ: 10023 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size; 10024 break; 10025 10026 case DT_JMPREL: 10027 s = htab->elf.srelplt; 10028 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 10029 break; 10030 10031 case DT_PPC_GOT: 10032 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got; 10033 break; 10034 10035 case DT_TEXTREL: 10036 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver) 10037 info->callbacks->einfo 10038 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect " 10039 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n")); 10040 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver) 10041 info->callbacks->einfo 10042 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect " 10043 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n")); 10044 continue; 10045 10046 default: 10047 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks 10048 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) 10049 break; 10050 continue; 10051 } 10052 10053 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); 10054 } 10055 } 10056 10057 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL 10058 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) 10059 { 10060 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot 10061 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt) 10062 { 10063 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents; 10064 10065 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; 10066 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 10067 { 10068 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4 10069 so that a function can easily find the address of 10070 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 10071 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4 10072 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); 10073 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4); 10074 } 10075 10076 if (sdyn != NULL) 10077 { 10078 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset; 10079 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value 10080 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); 10081 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p); 10082 } 10083 } 10084 else 10085 { 10086 /* xgettext:c-format */ 10087 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"), 10088 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string, 10089 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL 10090 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot)); 10091 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 10092 ret = false; 10093 } 10094 10095 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; 10096 } 10097 10098 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */ 10099 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks 10100 && htab->elf.splt != NULL 10101 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 10102 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) 10103 { 10104 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt; 10105 /* Use the right PLT. */ 10106 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info) 10107 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry 10108 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry); 10109 10110 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 10111 { 10112 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 10113 10114 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value), 10115 splt->contents + 0); 10116 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value), 10117 splt->contents + 4); 10118 } 10119 else 10120 { 10121 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0); 10122 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4); 10123 } 10124 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8); 10125 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12); 10126 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16); 10127 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20); 10128 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24); 10129 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28); 10130 10131 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) 10132 { 10133 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 10134 bfd_byte *loc; 10135 10136 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; 10137 10138 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ 10139 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 10140 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 10141 + 2); 10142 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 10143 rela.r_addend = 0; 10144 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc, htab->srelplt2)); 10145 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10146 10147 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ 10148 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 10149 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 10150 + 6); 10151 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 10152 rela.r_addend = 0; 10153 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc, htab->srelplt2)); 10154 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10155 10156 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong 10157 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order 10158 in which symbols were output. */ 10159 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) 10160 { 10161 Elf_Internal_Rela rel; 10162 10163 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10164 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 10165 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10166 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10167 10168 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10169 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 10170 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10171 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10172 10173 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10174 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32); 10175 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10176 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10177 } 10178 } 10179 } 10180 10181 if (htab->glink != NULL 10182 && htab->glink->contents != NULL 10183 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 10184 { 10185 unsigned char *p; 10186 unsigned char *endp; 10187 bfd_vma res0; 10188 10189 /* 10190 * PIC glink code is the following: 10191 * 10192 * # ith PLT code stub. 10193 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha 10194 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11) 10195 * mtctr 11 10196 * bctr 10197 * 10198 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry. 10199 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these 10200 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4. 10201 * res_0: b PLTresolve 10202 * res_1: b PLTresolve 10203 * . 10204 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops 10205 * res_n_m3: nop 10206 * res_n_m2: nop 10207 * res_n_m1: 10208 * 10209 * PLTresolve: 10210 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha 10211 * mflr 0 10212 * bcl 20,31,1f 10213 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l 10214 * mflr 12 10215 * mtlr 0 10216 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4 10217 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha 10218 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve 10219 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address 10220 * mtctr 0 10221 * add 0,11,11 10222 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. 10223 * bctr 10224 * 10225 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler. 10226 * 10227 * # ith PLT code stub. 10228 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha 10229 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11) 10230 * mtctr 11 10231 * bctr 10232 * 10233 * The branch table is the same, then comes 10234 * 10235 * PLTresolve: 10236 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha 10237 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha 10238 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve 10239 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4 10240 * mtctr 0 10241 * add 0,11,11 10242 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address 10243 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. 10244 * bctr 10245 */ 10246 10247 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one), 10248 and perhaps some padding. */ 10249 p = htab->glink->contents; 10250 p += htab->glink_pltresolve; 10251 endp = htab->glink->contents; 10252 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 10253 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4)) 10254 { 10255 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p); 10256 p += 4; 10257 } 10258 while (p < endp) 10259 { 10260 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); 10261 p += 4; 10262 } 10263 10264 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve 10265 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 10266 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10267 10268 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround) 10269 { 10270 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't 10271 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the 10272 glink branch table. */ 10273 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 10274 bfd_vma page_addr; 10275 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 10276 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10277 10278 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize; 10279 page_addr > glink_start; 10280 page_addr -= pagesize) 10281 { 10282 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */ 10283 bfd_byte *loc; 10284 unsigned int insn; 10285 10286 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start; 10287 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc); 10288 if (insn == BCTR) 10289 { 10290 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least 10291 one other call stub before this one. */ 10292 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16); 10293 if (insn == BCTR) 10294 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc); 10295 else 10296 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc); 10297 } 10298 } 10299 } 10300 10301 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */ 10302 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 10303 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 10304 { 10305 bfd_vma bcl; 10306 10307 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4 10308 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 10309 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10310 10311 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p); 10312 p += 4; 10313 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p); 10314 p += 4; 10315 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p); 10316 p += 4; 10317 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p); 10318 p += 4; 10319 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p); 10320 p += 4; 10321 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p); 10322 p += 4; 10323 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p); 10324 p += 4; 10325 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10326 p += 4; 10327 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl)) 10328 { 10329 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10330 p += 4; 10331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p); 10332 p += 4; 10333 } 10334 else 10335 { 10336 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10337 p += 4; 10338 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p); 10339 p += 4; 10340 } 10341 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p); 10342 p += 4; 10343 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p); 10344 } 10345 else 10346 { 10347 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p); 10348 p += 4; 10349 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p); 10350 p += 4; 10351 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) 10352 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p); 10353 else 10354 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p); 10355 p += 4; 10356 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p); 10357 p += 4; 10358 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p); 10359 p += 4; 10360 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p); 10361 p += 4; 10362 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) 10363 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p); 10364 else 10365 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p); 10366 } 10367 p += 4; 10368 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p); 10369 p += 4; 10370 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); 10371 p += 4; 10372 while (p < endp) 10373 { 10374 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 10375 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p); 10376 p += 4; 10377 } 10378 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp); 10379 } 10380 10381 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 10382 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL) 10383 { 10384 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 10385 bfd_vma val; 10386 10387 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 10388 /* FDE length. */ 10389 p += 4; 10390 /* CIE pointer. */ 10391 p += 4; 10392 /* Offset to .glink. */ 10393 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 10394 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10395 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma 10396 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset); 10397 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 10398 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 10399 10400 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME 10401 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, 10402 htab->glink_eh_frame, 10403 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents)) 10404 return false; 10405 } 10406 10407 return ret; 10408 } 10409 10410 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec 10412 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle" 10413 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec 10414 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc" 10415 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc 10416 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA 10417 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC 10418 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 10419 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000 10420 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto 10421 10422 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC 10423 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC 10424 #endif 10425 10426 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD 10427 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD 10428 #endif 10429 10430 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1 10431 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1 10432 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 10433 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 10434 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1 10435 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1 10436 10437 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject 10438 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data 10439 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section 10440 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup 10441 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup 10442 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags 10443 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create 10444 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab 10445 10446 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p 10447 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook 10448 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr 10449 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section 10450 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections 10451 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs 10452 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible 10453 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol 10454 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol 10455 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook 10456 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections 10457 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol 10458 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol 10459 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections 10460 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections 10461 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers 10462 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map 10463 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus 10464 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo 10465 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note 10466 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class 10467 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing 10468 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing 10469 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section 10470 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr 10471 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val 10472 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded 10473 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section 10474 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags 10475 10476 #include "elf32-target.h" 10477 10478 /* FreeBSD Target */ 10479 10480 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM 10481 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME 10482 10483 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM 10484 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec 10485 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME 10486 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd" 10487 10488 #undef ELF_OSABI 10489 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD 10490 10491 #undef elf32_bed 10492 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed 10493 10494 #include "elf32-target.h" 10495 10496 /* VxWorks Target */ 10497 10498 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM 10499 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME 10500 10501 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM 10502 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec 10503 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME 10504 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks" 10505 10506 #undef ELF_OSABI 10507 10508 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS 10509 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks 10510 10511 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */ 10512 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 10513 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 10514 { 10515 if (sec->name == NULL) 10516 return NULL; 10517 10518 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0) 10519 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 10520 10521 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 10522 } 10523 10524 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides 10525 appropriately for VxWorks. */ 10526 static struct bfd_link_hash_table * 10527 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 10528 { 10529 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret; 10530 10531 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd); 10532 if (ret) 10533 { 10534 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab 10535 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret; 10536 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS; 10537 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; 10538 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; 10539 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE; 10540 } 10541 return ret; 10542 } 10543 10544 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */ 10545 static bool 10546 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, 10547 struct bfd_link_info *info, 10548 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 10549 const char **namep, 10550 flagword *flagsp, 10551 asection **secp, 10552 bfd_vma *valp) 10553 { 10554 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, 10555 valp)) 10556 return false; 10557 10558 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp); 10559 } 10560 10561 static bool 10562 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) 10563 { 10564 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd); 10565 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd); 10566 } 10567 10568 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so 10569 define it. */ 10570 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym 10571 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 10572 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt 10573 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 10574 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 10575 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0 10576 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 10577 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0 10578 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly 10579 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 10580 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size 10581 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12 10582 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 10583 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1 10584 10585 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab 10586 10587 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create 10588 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \ 10589 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create 10590 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook 10591 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \ 10592 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook 10593 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook 10594 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ 10595 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook 10596 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing 10597 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \ 10598 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing 10599 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr 10600 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \ 10601 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr 10602 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs 10603 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \ 10604 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs 10605 10606 #undef elf32_bed 10607 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed 10608 10609 #include "elf32-target.h" 10610
Indexes created Mon Mar 30 00:23:01 UTC 2026